Перевод: со всех языков на английский

not+continuing

61 éducation

éducation [edykasjɔ̃]

1. feminine noun

a. ( = enseignement) education

• les problèmes de l'éducation educational problems

• il a reçu une éducation religieuse he had a religious upbringing

b. ( = manières) manners

• avoir de l'éducation to be well brought up

• manquer d'éducation to have bad manners

• sans éducation ill-mannered

2. compounds

► l'Éducation nationale ( = système) state education ; ( = ministère) ≈ Department for Education and Employment (Brit) Department of Education (US)

► éducation civique civic education

► éducation permanente continuing education

► éducation physique et sportive physical education

► éducation sexuelle sex education

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

ÉDUCATION NATIONALE

State education in France is divided into four levels: « maternelle » (for children 2-6 years old), « primaire » (including « école élémentaire » and « école primaire », for 7 to 11-year-olds), « secondaire » (including « collège » and « lycée », for 12 to 18-year-olds) and « supérieur » (universities and other higher education establishments).

Private education (mainly in Catholic schools) is structured in a similar way to the state system. → ACADÉMIE COLLÈGE CONCOURS DIPLÔMES LYCÉE

* * *
edykasjɔ̃
nom féminin

1) ( enseignement) education

2) ( formation de personne) education

faire l'éducation de — to educate

3) ( entraînement) training

4) ( bonnes manières) manners (pl)

être sans éducation — to be ill-mannered

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- Éducation nationale

- éducation physique

* * *
edykasjɔ̃ nf
1) (par l'enseignement) education

Il n'a pas beaucoup d'éducation. — He's not very well educated.

l'Éducation nationale — the Department of Education

2) (familiale) upbringing

Il a reçu une éducation très stricte. — He had a very strict upbringing.

bonne éducation — good upbringing

mauvaise éducation — bad upbringing

3) (= savoir-vivre) manners pl

sans éducation — bad-mannered, ill-bred

* * *

éducation nf

1 ( enseignement) education; éducation artistique/musicale/permanente/sexuelle art/music/continuing/sex education; ici, les enfants reçoivent une très bonne éducation here, children get a very good education;

2 ( formation de personne) education; faire l'éducation de qn to educate sb;

3 ( entraînement) training; éducation de la mémoire memory training; éducation de la voix vocal ou voice training; éducation de la volonté development of willpower;

4 ( bonnes manières) manners (pl); manquer d'éducation to show a lack of manners; avoir de l'éducation to have good manners; être sans éducation to be ill-mannered.

Composés

Éducation Nationale, EN ( ministère) ministry of Education; ( système) state education; éducation physique physical education, PE GB, phys ed US; éducation surveillée Admin state education system for young offenders.

[edykasjɔ̃] nom féminin

1. [instruction] education

avoir reçu une bonne éducation to be well-educated

l'Éducation nationale the (French) Education Department

éducation permanente continuing education

éducation physique (et sportive) physical education, PE

éducation professionnelle professional training

éducation sexuelle sex education

éducation spécialisée special education

éducation surveillée education in community homes (UK) ou reform schools (US)

2. [d'un enfant] upbringing

[bonnes manières] good manners

avoir de l'éducation to be well-bred ou well-mannered

comment, tu ne connais pas, c'est toute une éducation à refaire! (humoristique) what do you mean you've never heard of it, where on earth have you been?

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > éducation
62 ac

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac
63 adque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque
64 atque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque
65 insistent

لَجُوج \ insistent: urging repeatedly; not accepting refusal: insistent demands for money. persistent: continuing; refusing to stop: He makes persistent demands for money, but I never give him any. \ مُلْحِف \ insistent: urging repeatedly; not accepting refusal: insistent demands for money. persistent: continuing; refusing to stop: He makes persistent demands for money, but I never give him any.

Arabic-English glossary > insistent
66 persistent

لَجُوج \ insistent: urging repeatedly; not accepting refusal: insistent demands for money. persistent: continuing; refusing to stop: He makes persistent demands for money, but I never give him any. \ مُلْحِف \ insistent: urging repeatedly; not accepting refusal: insistent demands for money. persistent: continuing; refusing to stop: He makes persistent demands for money, but I never give him any.

Arabic-English glossary > persistent
67 nōn

nōn adv. [for old noenum, ne+oenum (unum)], not, by no means, not at all: hocine agis an non? T.: non erat abundans, non inops tamen: non est ita, iudices, non est profecto.—Before a negative, forming a weak affirmative: quod tamen fortasse non nollem, si, etc., might not object to.— After a negative, forming a strong affirmative: nihil non ad rationem dirigebat, everything.— Followed by ne... quidem, or nec... nec, continuing the negation: non fugio ne hos quidem mores: non possum reliqua nec cogitare nec scribere.—After a negative, repeating the negation with emphasis: ut nemo, non linguā, non manu, promptior haberetur, L.—Reversing a quality or thought, by no means, not at all, the reverse of, far from: non inimici mihi, Cu.: homo non aptissimus ad iocandum: non digna ferens (i. e. indigna), V.: non Invitus, gladly, H.: veri non dissimulator amoris, O.—With quod or quo, not that, not as if: non quod sola ornent, sed quod excellant: non quo sit servulus unus, idem quod familia, verum quia, etc.—With nisi, only: Non nisi vicinas tutus ararit aquas, O.—With vero, truly not: non vero tam isti quam tu ipse, nugator.—With modo or solum, followed by sed or verum, not only... but also: ut non modo a mente non deserar, sed id ipsum doleam, me, etc., not only... not, but, etc.: tu id non modo non prohibebas, verum etiam approbabas: adsentatio, quae non modo amico, sed ne libero quidem digna est.—With ita or tam, not so very, not particularly: simulacra non ita antiqua: non ita diu.— With fere, scarcely, hardly: non fere quisquam. —With si, not even if: iniussu tuo numquam pugnaverim, non si certam victoriam videam, L.: non si Opimium defendisti, idcirco, etc.— Much less: vix mehercule servis hoc eum suis, non vobis probaturum arbitrarer.—In a question expecting an affirmative answer: quid haec amentia significat? non vim? non scelus? non latrocinium?—In commands and wishes, for ne (poet.): non sint sine lege capilli, O.: Non Teucros agat in Rutulos, V.: non sit, qui tollere curet, H.—In an answer, no: aut etiam aut non respondere: exhereditavitne (pater filium)? Non.
* * *

ADV

not, by no means, no

non modo... sed etiam -- not only... but also

Latin-English dictionary > nōn
68 llegar

v.

1 to arrive (to a place).

llegar a un hotel/una ciudad to arrive at a hotel/in a city

llegar a casa to get home

¿falta mucho para llegar o para que lleguemos? is there far to go?

llegaré pronto I'll be there soon

Ellos llegan tarde They arrive late.

2 to come (time).

cuando llegue el momento te enterarás you'll find out when the time comes

ha llegado el invierno winter has arrived

La oportunidad llegó The opportunity came.

3 to be enough.

4 to receive, to get, to be handed.

Te llegó un carta You received a letter.

5 to be the host for.

Nos llegó mucha gente We were the host for a lot of people.

6 to come to, to filter through to.

Nos llegó la noticia The news filtered through to us.

* * *

LLEGAR

CONJUGACIÓN

(g changes to gu before e)

Past Indicative

llegué, llegaste, llegó, llegamos, llegasteis, llegaron.

Present Subjunctive

llegue, llegues, llegue, lleguemos, lleguéis, lleguen.

Imperative

llega (tú), llegue (él/Vd.), lleguemos (nos.), llegad (vos.), lleguen (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to arrive

2) appear

3) come

4) suffice

•

- llegar a ser

* * *
Para las expresiones llegar al alma, llegar lejos, llegar a las manos, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [movimiento, destino, procedencia] to arrive

Carmen no ha llegado todavía — Carmen hasn't arrived yet

llegaron cubiertos de barro — they arrived covered in mud

avíseme cuando llegue — tell me when he arrives {o} comes

está recién llegado de Roma — he recently arrived from Rome

por fin hemos llegado — we're here at last

el vuelo llegará a las 14:15 — the flight gets in at 14:15

llegará en tren/autobús — he will come by train/bus

no llegues tarde — don't be late

• llegar [a], cuando llegamos a Bilbao estaba lloviendo — when we got to {o} arrived in Bilbao it was raining

¿a qué hora llegaste a casa? — what time did you get home?

los vehículos están llegando a la línea de salida — the cars are approaching the starting line

• llegarle [a alguien], ¿te ha llegado ya el paquete? — have you got the parcel yet?

•[estar] al llegar, Carlos debe de estar al llegar — Carlos should be arriving any minute now

el verano está al llegar — summer is just around the corner

•[hacer] llegar algo a algn, hacer llegar una carta a algn — to send sb a letter

¿le puedes hacer llegar este recado? — could you give her this message?

¿le has hecho llegar el dinero? — did you get the money to her?

llegarle LAm —

le llegó el año pasado — he died last year

- me llega

- el que primero llegue, ese la calza
santo
2) (=alcanzar)

a) [con las manos] to reach

¿me puedes quitar la cortina? yo no llego — could you take the curtain down for me? I can't reach

no llego al estante de arriba — I can't reach the top shelf

b) [indicando distancia, nivel]

esta cuerda no llega — this rope isn't long enough, this rope won't reach

me llegó muy hondo lo que me dijo — what she said made a very deep impression on me

el tema de la película no me llega — the subject of the film does nothing for me {o} leaves me cold

• llegar [a] {o} [hasta] — to come up to

el agua me llegaba hasta las rodillas — the water came up to my knees

soy bajita y justo le llego al hombro — I'm short and I only just come up to his shoulder

el vestido le llega hasta los pies — the dress comes {o} goes down to her feet

los pies no le llegaban al suelo — her feet weren't touching the floor

la cola llegaba hasta la puerta — the queue went {o} reached back as far as the door

el tren solo llega hasta Burgos — the train only goes as far as Burgos

• me llega al [corazón] ver tanto sufrimiento — seeing so much suffering touches me to the heart

- ¡hasta allí podíamos llegar!

a tanto no llego —

soy bastante inteligente pero a tanto no llego — I'm reasonably clever, but not enough to do that

podría dejarle un millón, pero dos no, a tanto no llego — I might let her have a million, but not two, I'm not prepared to go as far as that
camisa 1), suela 1)
c) [indicando duración] to last

el pobrecito no llegará a las Navidades — the poor thing won't make it to {o} last till Christmas

este abrigo no te llega al próximo invierno — this coat won't last till next winter

le falta un año para llegar a la jubilación — he has a year to go till {o} before he retires

3) llegar a ({+ sustantivo})

a) (=conseguir) [+ acuerdo, conclusión] to reach, come to

llegó a la felicidad completa — she attained total happiness

¿cómo has conseguido llegar a la fama? — how did you manage to achieve fame {o} become famous?

le costó pero llegó a arquitecto — it wasn't easy, but he eventually managed to become an architect

por fin ha llegado a catedrático — he's finally made it to professor

b) [con cantidades] to come to

los gastos totales llegaron a 1.000 euros — the total expenditure came to 1,000 euros

el importe llega a 50 pesos — the total is 50 pesos

el público no llegaba a 200 espectadores — there were fewer than 200 spectators there

la audiencia de este programa ha llegado a cinco millones — (Radio) as many as five million people have listened to this programme; (TV) the viewing figures for this programme have been as high as five million

4) llegar a ({+ infin})

a) (=conseguir)

llegó a conocer a varios directores de cine — she met {o} got to know several film directors

no llego a comprenderlo — I just can't understand it

el producto puede llegar a tener éxito — the product could be a success

• si lo llego a [saber] — if I had known

• llegar a [ser] famoso/el jefe — to become famous/the boss

Julia llegó a ser presidenta — Julia became president

• llegar a [ver], no llegó a ver la película terminada — he never saw the film finished

el proyecto no llegó a ver la luz — the project never saw the light of day

temí no llegar a ver el año nuevo — I feared I wouldn't live to see the new year, I feared I wouldn't make it to the new year

b) [como algo extremo]

llegué a estar tan mal, que casi no podía moverme — I got so bad, I could hardly move

llegamos a sospechar de él — we came to suspect him

• puede llegar a [alcanzar] los 300km/h — it can reach speeds of up to 300km/h

este pez puede llegar a alcanzar los dos metros de largo — this fish can grow as long as two metres

la popularidad que un actor puede llegar a alcanzar a través de la televisión — the popularity an actor can come to attain from being on television

• ¿llegó a [creer] que sería campeón del mundo? — did you ever believe you'd be world champion?

yo había llegado a creer que estábamos en el camino de superar ese problema — I had really started to believe that we were on the way to overcoming that problem

llegué a creérmelo — I came to believe it

• llegó al [punto] de robarle — he even went so far as to rob her

5) (=bastar) to be enough

con dos euros no me llega — two euros isn't enough

con ese dinero no le va a llegar — you won't have enough money

no me llega para ropa nueva — I can't afford to buy new clothes

•[hacer] llegar el sueldo a fin de mes — to make ends meet

hacer llegar el dinero — to make one's money last

6) [momento, acontecimiento] to come

llegará un día en que sea rico — the day will come when I'm rich

cuando llegó la paz — when peace came

se fueron cuando llegó la noche — they left at nightfall

2.

VERBO TRANSITIVO (=acercar) to bring up, bring over

3.

See:

llegarse
LLEGAR Llegar a A la hora de traducir llegar a al inglés, tenemos que diferenciar entre arrive in y arrive at. ► Empleamos arrive in con países, ciudades, pueblos {etc}: Esperamos llegar a Italia el día 11 de junio We expect to arrive in Italy on 11 June Llegaremos a Córdoba dentro de dos horas We'll be arriving in Cordoba in two hours' time ► En cambio, se traduce por arrive at cuando nos referimos a lugares más pequeños, como aeropuertos, estaciones, {etc}. La expresión llegar a casa es una excepción, ya que se traduce por arrive/ get home, es decir, sin preposición: Llegamos al aeropuerto con cuatro horas de retraso We arrived at the airport four hours late Llegué a casa completamente agotada I arrived home completely exhausted Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1) persona/tren/carta to arrive

tienen que estar por or al llegar — they'll be arriving any minute now

llegó (el) último — he was the last to arrive

llegaron cansadísimos — they were exhausted when they arrived

¿falta mucho para llegar? — is it much further (to go)?

siempre llega tarde — he's always late

no me llegó el telegrama — I didn't get the telegram

me hizo llegar un mensaje — he got a message to me

llegar a — a país/ciudad to arrive in; a edificio to arrive at

los que llegaron a la meta — the ones who crossed the finishing line

llegar a casa — to arrive o get home

el rumor llegó a oídos del alcalde — the rumor reached the mayor

la carta llegó a su destino — the letter reached its destination

¿adónde quieres llegar? — what do you mean?

llegar de — to arrive from

2)

a) camino/ruta ( extenderse)

llegar hasta — to go all the way to, go as far as

b) (ir)

llegar a or hasta: este tren no llega hasta or a Lima this train doesn't go as far as o all the way to Lima; sólo llega al tercer piso — it only goes (up) to the third floor

3) día/invierno to come, arrive

ha llegado el momento de... — the time has come to...

cuando llegue la estación de las lluvias — when the rainy season starts

cuando llegó la noche — when night fell

4)

a) ( alcanzar) to reach

llegar a algo — a acuerdo to reach something

llegué a la conclusión de que... — I reached o came to the conclusion that...

los pies no le llegan al suelo — her feet don't touch the floor

la falda le llegaba a los tobillos — her skirt came down to her ankles

el agua le llegaba al cuello — the water came up to her neck

su voz llegaba al fondo del teatro — her voice carried to the back of the theater

b) (Esp) dinero/materiales ( ser suficiente) to be enough

no me llega el dinero — I don't have enough money

c) (alcanzar a medir, costar, etc)

no llega a los dos metros — it is less than two meters

no sé si llegará a tanto — I don't know if it would be as much as that

no llegaban a 50 personas — there weren't even 50 people there

d) ( expresando logro)

llegará lejos — she'll go far o a long way

así no vas a llegar a ningún lado — you'll never get anywhere like that

llegó a convencerme — he managed to convince me

quiero que llegues a ser alguien — I want you to make something of yourself

nunca llegó a (ser) director — he never became director

e) ( en el tiempo)

no llegará a las próximas elecciones — he won't survive till the next elections

llegar a viejo — to live to old age

llegué a conocerlo mejor — I got to know him better

¿llegó a saberlo? — did she ever find out?

llegó a ser de gran utilidad — it proved (to be) very useful

5) llegar a + inf

a) ( a un extremo)

llegó a amenazarme — she even threatened me

llegué a pensar que... — I even began to think that...

no llegó a pegarme — he didn't actually hit me

las cosas han llegado a tal punto que... — things have reached such a point that...

puede llegar a ganarle — he might beat him

b) ( en oraciones condicionales)

si lo llego a saber, no vengo — if I'd known, I wouldn't have come

si llego a enterarme de algo, te aviso — if I happen to hear anything, I'll let you know

6) estilo/música (ser entendido, aceptado)

su estilo no llega a la gente — people can't relate to o understand his style

un lenguaje que llega a la juventud — language that gets through to o means something to young people
2.
llegarse v pron (fam)

se llegó hasta aquí para dármelo — she came all the way here to give it to me (colloq)

llégate a la tienda y trae algo de beber — run out to the store and get something to drink

* * *

= arrive, drop, turn up, come in, come, come to + Posesivo + attention, come with, roll in.

Ex. The time has arrived when it is more appropriate to ask why cataloguing is still conducted on a manual basis, rather than to seek to justify the use of computers in cataloguing.

Ex. The search profile will only be modified periodically as the quality of the set of notifications output from the search drops to unacceptable levels.

Ex. Results showed that many users turn up at the library with only a sketcky idea of what they would like and spend much time browsing.

Ex. Their duty is to come in before school each morning and check that the book checking system is in order and that the library is tidy and presentable.

Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex. Information vital to certain people might not come to their attention if such people must rely only upon regular scanning of large numbers of periodicals.

Ex. The problem comes with ideographic languages.

Ex. With the summer rolling in, many of you might be looking for instructions on how to make fresh iced tea.

----

* al llegar = on arrival.

* cortar llegando al hueso = cut to + the bone.

* cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.

* día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.

* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.

* haber llegado = be upon us.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hasta donde llegue = to the limits of.

* llegar a = come to, reach, reach out to, find + Posesivo + way to, get through to, come up to, pull into, strike + a chord with.

* llegar a acuerdo = make + arrangements.

* llegar a casa = get + home.

* llegar a esperar = come to + expect.

* llegar a final de mes = make + ends meet.

* llegar a formar parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.

* llegar a + Infinitivo = come to + Infinitivo.

* llegar a + Infinitivo + se = come to be + Participio Pasado.

* llegar a la conclusión = conclude, form + impression.

* llegar a la conclusión de que = come to + the conclusion that, come up with + the conclusion that, get + the idea that.

* llegar al corazón de = go to + the heart of.

* llegar al extremo de = get to + the point of, go to + the extreme of.

* llegar al extremo de + Infinitivo = go + (as/so) far as + Infinitivo.

* llegar al final de = come to + the end of, get through.

* llegar al final de su vida útil = come to + the end of + Posesivo + useful life, reach + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.

* llegar al fondo de la cuestión = see to the + bottom of things.

* llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the bottom of.

* llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the root of.

* llegar al límite = reach + the breaking point.

* llegar al límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

* llegar al meollo de la cuestión = arrive at + the heart of the matter.

* llegar al punto álgido = reach + a head.

* llegar al punto crítico = come to + a head.

* llegar al punto de = be at the point of.

* llegar al punto de + Infinitivo = go + (as/so) far as + Infinitivo.

* llegar al quid de la cuestión = arrive at + the heart of the matter.

* llegar a + Lugar = make + it + to + Lugar.

* llegar andando pausadamente = stroll into + view.

* llegar a ser = become, develop into.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.

* llegar a tiempo = arrive + in time, arrive + on time.

* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llegar a una conclusión = draw + conclusion, make + deduction, reach + conclusion, arrive at + conclusion.

* llegar a un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, reach + agreement, make + an undertaking, make + bargain, come to + consensus, reach + understanding, have + meeting of the minds, reach + consensus, hammer out + agreement, develop + compromise, work out + agreement, strike + deal, conclude + deal.

* llegar a una decisión = arrive at + decision.

* llegar a una definición = hammer out + definition.

* llegar a una etapa = reach + point.

* llegar a una solución = arrive at + a solution.

* llegar a una solución intermedia = meet + Nombre + halfway.

* llegar a un compromiso = reach + agreement, meet + Nombre + halfway.

* llegar a un consenso = come to + consensus, reach + consensus.

* llegar a un consenso sobre = get + a consensus on.

* llegar a un extremo = reach + epic proportions.

* llegar a un momento importante en su historia = reach + milestone.

* llegar a un punto crítico = reach + turning point.

* llegar a un veredicto = reach + verdict.

* llegar demasiado lejos = go + too far.

* llegar el momento en el que = reach + the point where.

* llegar la hora de = time + come.

* llegar lejos = get + far.

* llegar más lejos = stretch + further.

* llegar muy lejos = go + a long way, come + a long way.

* llegar noticias = come to + Posesivo + notice.

* llegar poco a poco = dribble in.

* llegar tarde = arrive + late, run + late.

* llegar tarde (a) = be late (for).

* llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.

* llegar tarde al trabajo = be late for work.

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* momento + llegar = time + approach.

* no haber llegado todavía = be yet to come.

* no llegar a = stop + short of, fall + short of.

* no llegar a entender = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* no llegar a + Infinitivo (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + Gerundio.

* no llegar a un ideal = fall + short of ideal.

* por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).

* recesión + llegar = recession + set in.

* ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1) persona/tren/carta to arrive

tienen que estar por or al llegar — they'll be arriving any minute now

llegó (el) último — he was the last to arrive

llegaron cansadísimos — they were exhausted when they arrived

¿falta mucho para llegar? — is it much further (to go)?

siempre llega tarde — he's always late

no me llegó el telegrama — I didn't get the telegram

me hizo llegar un mensaje — he got a message to me

llegar a — a país/ciudad to arrive in; a edificio to arrive at

los que llegaron a la meta — the ones who crossed the finishing line

llegar a casa — to arrive o get home

el rumor llegó a oídos del alcalde — the rumor reached the mayor

la carta llegó a su destino — the letter reached its destination

¿adónde quieres llegar? — what do you mean?

llegar de — to arrive from

2)

a) camino/ruta ( extenderse)

llegar hasta — to go all the way to, go as far as

b) (ir)

llegar a or hasta: este tren no llega hasta or a Lima this train doesn't go as far as o all the way to Lima; sólo llega al tercer piso — it only goes (up) to the third floor

3) día/invierno to come, arrive

ha llegado el momento de... — the time has come to...

cuando llegue la estación de las lluvias — when the rainy season starts

cuando llegó la noche — when night fell

4)

a) ( alcanzar) to reach

llegar a algo — a acuerdo to reach something

llegué a la conclusión de que... — I reached o came to the conclusion that...

los pies no le llegan al suelo — her feet don't touch the floor

la falda le llegaba a los tobillos — her skirt came down to her ankles

el agua le llegaba al cuello — the water came up to her neck

su voz llegaba al fondo del teatro — her voice carried to the back of the theater

b) (Esp) dinero/materiales ( ser suficiente) to be enough

no me llega el dinero — I don't have enough money

c) (alcanzar a medir, costar, etc)

no llega a los dos metros — it is less than two meters

no sé si llegará a tanto — I don't know if it would be as much as that

no llegaban a 50 personas — there weren't even 50 people there

d) ( expresando logro)

llegará lejos — she'll go far o a long way

así no vas a llegar a ningún lado — you'll never get anywhere like that

llegó a convencerme — he managed to convince me

quiero que llegues a ser alguien — I want you to make something of yourself

nunca llegó a (ser) director — he never became director

e) ( en el tiempo)

no llegará a las próximas elecciones — he won't survive till the next elections

llegar a viejo — to live to old age

llegué a conocerlo mejor — I got to know him better

¿llegó a saberlo? — did she ever find out?

llegó a ser de gran utilidad — it proved (to be) very useful

5) llegar a + inf

a) ( a un extremo)

llegó a amenazarme — she even threatened me

llegué a pensar que... — I even began to think that...

no llegó a pegarme — he didn't actually hit me

las cosas han llegado a tal punto que... — things have reached such a point that...

puede llegar a ganarle — he might beat him

b) ( en oraciones condicionales)

si lo llego a saber, no vengo — if I'd known, I wouldn't have come

si llego a enterarme de algo, te aviso — if I happen to hear anything, I'll let you know

6) estilo/música (ser entendido, aceptado)

su estilo no llega a la gente — people can't relate to o understand his style

un lenguaje que llega a la juventud — language that gets through to o means something to young people
2.
llegarse v pron (fam)

se llegó hasta aquí para dármelo — she came all the way here to give it to me (colloq)

llégate a la tienda y trae algo de beber — run out to the store and get something to drink

* * *

= arrive, drop, turn up, come in, come, come to + Posesivo + attention, come with, roll in.

Ex: The time has arrived when it is more appropriate to ask why cataloguing is still conducted on a manual basis, rather than to seek to justify the use of computers in cataloguing.

Ex: The search profile will only be modified periodically as the quality of the set of notifications output from the search drops to unacceptable levels.

Ex: Results showed that many users turn up at the library with only a sketcky idea of what they would like and spend much time browsing.

Ex: Their duty is to come in before school each morning and check that the book checking system is in order and that the library is tidy and presentable.

Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex: Information vital to certain people might not come to their attention if such people must rely only upon regular scanning of large numbers of periodicals.

Ex: The problem comes with ideographic languages.

Ex: With the summer rolling in, many of you might be looking for instructions on how to make fresh iced tea.

* al llegar = on arrival.

* cortar llegando al hueso = cut to + the bone.

* cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.

* día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.

* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.

* haber llegado = be upon us.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hasta donde llegue = to the limits of.

* llegar a = come to, reach, reach out to, find + Posesivo + way to, get through to, come up to, pull into, strike + a chord with.

* llegar a acuerdo = make + arrangements.

* llegar a casa = get + home.

* llegar a esperar = come to + expect.

* llegar a final de mes = make + ends meet.

* llegar a formar parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.

* llegar a + Infinitivo = come to + Infinitivo.

* llegar a + Infinitivo + se = come to be + Participio Pasado.

* llegar a la conclusión = conclude, form + impression.

* llegar a la conclusión de que = come to + the conclusion that, come up with + the conclusion that, get + the idea that.

* llegar al corazón de = go to + the heart of.

* llegar al extremo de = get to + the point of, go to + the extreme of.

* llegar al extremo de + Infinitivo = go + (as/so) far as + Infinitivo.

* llegar al final de = come to + the end of, get through.

* llegar al final de su vida útil = come to + the end of + Posesivo + useful life, reach + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.

* llegar al fondo de la cuestión = see to the + bottom of things.

* llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the bottom of.

* llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the root of.

* llegar al límite = reach + the breaking point.

* llegar al límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

* llegar al meollo de la cuestión = arrive at + the heart of the matter.

* llegar al punto álgido = reach + a head.

* llegar al punto crítico = come to + a head.

* llegar al punto de = be at the point of.

* llegar al punto de + Infinitivo = go + (as/so) far as + Infinitivo.

* llegar al quid de la cuestión = arrive at + the heart of the matter.

* llegar a + Lugar = make + it + to + Lugar.

* llegar andando pausadamente = stroll into + view.

* llegar a ser = become, develop into.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.

* llegar a tiempo = arrive + in time, arrive + on time.

* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llegar a una conclusión = draw + conclusion, make + deduction, reach + conclusion, arrive at + conclusion.

* llegar a un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, reach + agreement, make + an undertaking, make + bargain, come to + consensus, reach + understanding, have + meeting of the minds, reach + consensus, hammer out + agreement, develop + compromise, work out + agreement, strike + deal, conclude + deal.

* llegar a una decisión = arrive at + decision.

* llegar a una definición = hammer out + definition.

* llegar a una etapa = reach + point.

* llegar a una solución = arrive at + a solution.

* llegar a una solución intermedia = meet + Nombre + halfway.

* llegar a un compromiso = reach + agreement, meet + Nombre + halfway.

* llegar a un consenso = come to + consensus, reach + consensus.

* llegar a un consenso sobre = get + a consensus on.

* llegar a un extremo = reach + epic proportions.

* llegar a un momento importante en su historia = reach + milestone.

* llegar a un punto crítico = reach + turning point.

* llegar a un veredicto = reach + verdict.

* llegar demasiado lejos = go + too far.

* llegar el momento en el que = reach + the point where.

* llegar la hora de = time + come.

* llegar lejos = get + far.

* llegar más lejos = stretch + further.

* llegar muy lejos = go + a long way, come + a long way.

* llegar noticias = come to + Posesivo + notice.

* llegar poco a poco = dribble in.

* llegar tarde = arrive + late, run + late.

* llegar tarde (a) = be late (for).

* llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.

* llegar tarde al trabajo = be late for work.

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* momento + llegar = time + approach.

* no haber llegado todavía = be yet to come.

* no llegar a = stop + short of, fall + short of.

* no llegar a entender = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* no llegar a + Infinitivo (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + Gerundio.

* no llegar a un ideal = fall + short of ideal.

* por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).

* recesión + llegar = recession + set in.

* ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.

* * *

llegar [A3 ]

vi

A «persona/tren/carta» to arrive

tienen que estar al llegar they'll be arriving any minute now

¿cuándo llegan tus primos? when are your cousins arriving?, when do your cousins arrive?

¿falta mucho para llegar? is it much further (to go)?

¿a qué hora llega el avión? what time does the plane arrive o get in?

siempre llega tarde he's always late

llegó (el) primero/(el) último he was the first/the last to arrive, he arrived first/last

llegaron cansadísimos they were exhausted when they arrived

no me llegó el telegrama I didn't get the telegram, the telegram didn't get to me o didn't reach me

nos llega una noticia de última hora we have a late news item

me hizo llegar un mensaje he got a message to me

sus palabras me llegaban con mucho ruido de fondo there was a lot of background noise when I was talking to him

llegar A (a un país, una ciudad) to arrive in; (a un edificio) to arrive at

llegó a Bogotá en un vuelo de Avianca he arrived in Bogotá on an Avianca flight

llegó al aeropuerto a las dos she arrived at o got to the airport at two o'clock

el primer corredor que llegó a la meta the first runner to cross o reach the finishing line

llegamos a casa a las dos we got o arrived home at two o'clock

llegué a su casa de noche I got to o reached his house at night

la carta nunca llegó a mis manos the letter never reached me

el rumor llegó a oídos del alcalde the rumor reached the mayor

¿adónde quieres llegar con tantas preguntas? what are you getting at o driving at with all these questions?

llegar DE to arrive from

acaba de llegar de Hamburgo he's just arrived from o got(ten) ( o flown etc) in from Hamburg

B

1 «camino/ruta» (extenderse) llegar HASTA; to go all the way to, go as far as

ahora la carretera llega hasta San Pedro the road goes all the way to o goes as far as San Pedro now

2 (ir) llegar A/ HASTA:

este autobús no llega hasta or a Las Torres this bus doesn't go as far as o all the way to Las Torres

sólo llega al tercer piso it only goes (up) to the third floor

C «día/invierno» to come, arrive

el invierno llegó temprano winter came early

cuando llegue la estación de las lluvias when the rainy season starts

ha llegado el momento de tomar una decisión the time has come to make a decision

pensé que nunca llegaría este momento I thought this moment would never come o arrive

llegará el día en que se dé cuenta de su error the day will come when he'll realize his mistake

cuando llegó la noche todavía estaban lejos when night fell o at nightfall they were still a long way away

D

1 (alcanzar) to reach

no llego ni con la escalera I can't even reach with the ladder

llegar A algo to reach sth

tiene que subirse a una silla para llegar al estante he has to stand on a chair to reach the shelf

las cosas han llegado a tal punto, que … things have got to o have reached such a point that …

los pies no le llegan al suelo her feet don't touch the floor

esa cuerda no llega al otro lado that rope won't reach to the other side

la falda le llegaba a los tobillos her skirt came down to o reached her ankles

su voz llegaba al fondo del teatro her voice carried to the back of the theater

el agua le llegaba al cuello the water came up to her neck

por ambos métodos llegamos al mismo resultado both methods lead us to the same result, we arrive at o reach the same result by both methods

llegué a la conclusión de que me habías mentido I reached o came to the conclusion that you had been lying to me

no se llegó a ningún acuerdo no agreement was reached

sé algo de electrónica, pero a tanto no llego I know something about electronics but not that much o but my knowledge doesn't extend that far

ahí

2 «dinero/materiales» (ser suficiente) to be enough

con un kilo llega para todos a kilo's enough o a kilo will do for all of us

no me llega el dinero I don't have enough money

3

(alcanzar a medir, costar, etc): este trozo de tela no llega a los dos metros this piece of material is less than two meters

me sorprendería si llegara a tanto I'd be surprised if it came to that much o if it was as much as that

no llegaban a 500 personas there weren't even 500 people there

4

(expresando logro): llegará lejos she'll go far o a long way

como sigas así no vas a llegar a ningún lado if you carry on like this, you'll never get anywhere

no creo que llegues a convencerme I don't think you'll manage to convince me

quiero que llegues a ser alguien I want you to be someone o to make something of yourself

nunca llegó a (ser) director he never became director, he never made it to director ( colloq)

5

(en el tiempo): este gobierno no llegará a las próximas elecciones this government won't survive till the next elections

como sigas fumando así no llegarás a viejo if you go on smoking like that you won't live to old age

con los años llegué a conocerlo mejor I got to know him better over the years

¿llegaste a verlo? did you manage o did you get to see it?

¿llegó a saber quién era su padre? did she ever find out who her father was?

el invento puede llegar a ser de gran utilidad the invention could prove to be very useful

E

1 (como intensificador) llegar A + INF:

llegó a amenazarme con el despido she even threatened to fire me, she went so far as to threaten to fire me

llegué a pensar que me engañaba I even began to think he was deceiving me

no llegó a pegarme, pero … he didn't actually hit me, but …

llegó a aburrirme con sus constantes quejas I grew tired of o I got bored with his constant complaining

puede incluso llegar a ganarle he might even beat him

2

(en oraciones condicionales): si lo llego a saber, no vengo if I'd known, I wouldn't have come

si llego a enterarme de algo, te aviso if I happen to hear anything, I'll let you know

si lo llegas a perder, te mato if you lose it, I'll kill you, if you go and lose it o if you manage to lose it, I'll kill you ( colloq)

F

«estilo/música» (ser entendido, aceptado): tiene un estilo que no llega a la gente people can't relate to o understand his style

emplea un lenguaje que llega a la juventud he uses language that gets through to o means something to young people

■ llegarse

v pron

( fam):

llégate hasta su casa y dale este paquete run over to her house and give her this parcel ( colloq)

llégate a la tienda y trae algo de beber run out o over to the store and get something to drink, nip o pop out to the shop and get something to drink ( BrE colloq)

* * *

llegar ( conjugate llegar) verbo intransitivo
1 [persona/tren/carta] to arrive;
tienen que estar por or al llegar they'll be arriving any minute now;
◊ llegaron cansadísimos they were exhausted when they arrived;

¿falta mucho para llegar? is it much further (to go)?;
siempre llega tarde he's always late;
no me llegó el telegrama I didn't get the telegram;
llegar a algo ‹a país/ciudad› to arrive in sth;

‹ a edificio› to arrive at sth;
◊ llegar a casa to arrive o get home;

el rumor llegó a oídos del alcalde the rumor reached the mayor
2 [camino/ruta/tren] (ir) llegar a or hasta to go all the way to, go as far as;
◊ solo llega al tercer piso it only goes (up) to the third floor

3 [día/invierno] to come, arrive;
◊ ha llegado el momento de … the time has come to …

4
a) ( alcanzar) to reach;

llegar a algo ‹a acuerdo/conclusión› to reach sth, come to sth;
‹a estante/techo› to reach;
◊ llegué a la conclusión de que… I reached o came to the conclusion that …;

los pies no le llegan al suelo her feet don't touch the floor;
la falda le llegaba a los tobillos her skirt came down to her ankles;
el agua le llegaba al cuello the water came up to her neck;
las cosas llegaron a tal punto que … things reached such a point that …
b) ( expresando logro):

◊ llegará lejos she'll go far o a long way;

así no vas a llegar a ningún lado you'll never get anywhere like that;
llegó a (ser) director he became director;
llegar a viejo to live to old age;
llegué a conocerlo mejor I got to know him better
5 llegar a + inf
a) ( al extremo de):

◊ llegó a amenazarme she even threatened me;

no llegó a pegarme he didn't actually hit me
b) ( en oraciones condicionales):

◊ si lo llego a saber, no vengo if I'd known, I wouldn't have come;

si llego a enterarme de algo, te aviso if I happen to hear anything, I'll let you know
llegar verbo intransitivo
1 to arrive: llegué la última, I arrived last
está al llegar, she's about to arrive
llegar a la ciudad, to arrive at the town
2 (momento, acontecimiento) llegó la hora de..., the time has come to...
llegaron las heladas, the frosts came
3 (alcanzar) to reach: no llego al último estante, I can't reach the top shelf
(una meta) llegar a la cumbre, he reached the peak
4 (ser suficiente) to be enough
5 ( llegar a + infinitivo) to go so far as to: llegué a creerlo, I even believed it
llegaron a insultarnos, they went so far as to abuse us
figurado llegar a las manos, to come to blows
llegar a ser, to become
♦ Locuciones: estar al llegar, to be about to arrive
llegar a buen puerto, to reach a satisfactory conclusion o to arrive safely
no llegar la sangre al río, to not have serious consequences
no llegar a la suela del zapato, not to be able to hold a candle to
' llegar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acabar
- achantarse
- alcanzar
- anticiparse
- apercibirse
- atrasarse
- aviar
- caer
- concesión
- dialogar
- dirigir
- excusa
- lejos
- moderar
- odisea
- oído
- plantarse
- puerto
- retrasar
- retrasarse
- sangre
- santa
- santo
- seguir
- sentir
- suela
- última
- último
- vadear
- venir
- acuerdo
- ánimo
- antes
- aparecer
- atrasar
- bueno
- cuánto
- cuestión
- culminar
- demorar
- erigir
- improviso
- indicación
- indicar
- instrucción
- junto
- lujo
- mano
- mayoría
- novedad
English:
accessible
- age
- agree
- agreement
- amount to
- arrive
- bear
- bottom
- call
- check in
- close
- come
- come in
- come through
- come to
- come up to
- compromise
- deal
- decide
- decision
- draw in
- end
- fail
- filter out
- filter through
- first
- fog
- gallop up
- get
- get in
- get into
- get up to
- grip
- half-way
- head
- home
- hope
- in
- just
- late
- leak out I
- make
- master
- only
- place
- power
- pull in
- reach
- roll in
- roll up

* * *

llegar

♦ vi

1. [persona, vehículo, medio de transporte] to arrive (de from);
llegar a un hotel/al aeropuerto to arrive at a hotel/at the airport;

llegar a una ciudad/a un país to arrive in a city/in a country;

llegar a casa to get home;

llegar a la meta to cross the finishing line;

cuando llegué a esta empresa… when I arrived at o first came to this company…;

llegaremos a la estación de Caracas a las dos we will be arriving at Caracas station at two o'clock;

nosotros llegamos primero o [m5] los primeros we arrived first;

el atleta cubano llegó primero the Cuban athlete came first;

llegaban muy contentos they were very happy when they arrived, they arrived very happy;

llegaré pronto I'll be there early;

este avión llega tarde this plane is late;

estar al llegar: deben de estar al llegar they must be about to arrive, they're bound to arrive any minute now;

los Juegos Olímpicos están al llegar the Olympics are coming up soon;

¿falta mucho para llegar o [m5] para que lleguemos? is there far to go?;

así no llegarás a ninguna parte you'll never get anywhere like that;
Fig
llegará lejos she'll go far

2. [carta, recado, mensaje] to arrive;

llegarle a alguien: no me ha llegado aún el paquete the parcel still hasn't arrived, I still haven't received the parcel;

ayer me llegó un mensaje suyo por correo electrónico I got o received an e-mail from him yesterday;

hacer llegar un mensaje o [m5] recado a alguien to pass a message on to sb;

si llega a oídos de ella… if she gets to hear about this…

3. [tiempo, noche, momento] to come;

cuando llegue el momento te enterarás you'll find out when the time comes;

ha llegado el invierno winter has come o arrived

4. [alcanzar]
llegar a to reach;

no llego al techo I can't reach the ceiling;

el barro me llegaba a las rodillas the mud came up to my knees, I was up to my knees in mud;

quiero una chaqueta que me llegue por debajo de la cintura I want a jacket that comes down to below my waist;

llegar a un acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement;

llegamos a la conclusión de que era inútil seguir we came to o reached the conclusion that it wasn't worth continuing;

llegar hasta to reach up to;

esta carretera sólo llega hasta Veracruz this road only goes as far as Veracruz;

el ascensor no llega a o [m5] hasta la última planta the Br lift o US elevator doesn't go up to the top floor

5. [ascender]
el importe total de la reparación no llega a 5.000 pesos the total cost of the repairs is less than o below 5,000 pesos;

los espectadores no llegaban ni siquiera a mil there weren't even as many as a thousand spectators there

6. [ser suficiente] to be enough ( para for);
el dinero no me llega para comprarme una casa the money isn't enough for me to buy a house

7. [lograr]
llegar a (ser) algo to get to be sth, to become sth;

llegó a ser campeón de Europa he became European champion;

llegar a hacer algo to manage to do sth;

pesaba mucho, pero al final llegué a levantarlo it was very heavy, but I managed to lift it up in the end;

nunca llegó a (entrar en) las listas de éxitos she never made it into the charts;

nunca llegué a conocerlo I never actually met him;

si llego a saberlo… [en el futuro] if I happen to find out…;
[en el pasado] if I had known…
8. [al extremo de]
llegó a decirme… he went as far as to say to me…;

hemos llegado a pagar 4.000 euros at times we've had to pay as much as 4,000 euros;

cuesta llegar a creerlo it's very hard to believe it;

Comp

¡hasta aquí o [m5] ahí podíamos llegar! this is beyond a joke o absolutely outrageous!

9. [causar impresión, interesar]
tiene una imagen que no llega al electorado she fails to project a strong image to the electorate;

son canciones sencillas que llegan a la gente they are simple songs that mean something to people;

lo que dijo me llegó al alma her words really struck home

10. [durar]
llegar a o [m5] hasta to last until;

este año las rebajas llegarán hasta bien entrado febrero the sales this year will last until well into February;

está muy enferma, no creo que llegue a las Navidades she's very ill, I doubt whether she'll make it to Christmas

11. Méx Fam
voy a llegarle [ya me voy] I'm off home;

¡llégale! [no hay problema] no problem!, don't worry!

12. Méx Fam
llegarle a alguien [pedirle salir] to ask sb out

♦ See also the pronominal verb llegarse

* * *

llegar

v/i

1 arrive;

ha llegado la primavera spring is here, spring has arrived;

está al llegar he’ll arrive momentarily, he’s about to arrive

2 ( alcanzar) reach;

me llega hasta las rodillas it comes down to my knees;

el agua me llegaba a la cintura the water came up to my waist;

no llego a comprender por qué … I don’t understand why …;

la comida no llegó para todos there wasn’t enough food for everyone;

¡hasta ahí podíamos llegar! fam that’s going too far!, that’s a bit much! fam ;

llegar a saber find out;

llegar a ser get to be;

llegar a viejo live to a ripe old age;

llegar a presidente get to be president, become president

* * *

llegar {52} vi

1) : to arrive, to come

2)

llegar a : to arrive at, to reach, to amount to

3)

llegar a : to manage to

llegó a terminar la novela: she managed to finish the novel

4)

llegar a ser : to become

llegó a ser un miembro permanente: he became a permanent member

* * *

llegar vb

1. (en general) to arrive / to get

acabo de llegar I've just arrived / I've just got here

¿a qué hora llegaréis a Londres? what time will you arrive in London?

llegué a la estación a las once I arrived at the station at eleven o'clock

cuando lleguemos a Tudela, cenaremos we'll have dinner when we get to Tudela

todavía no ha llegado a casa he's not home yet

llegarás tarde you'll be late

2. (alcanzar) to reach

¿llegas? can you reach?

3. (tiempo) to come [pt. came; pp. come]

llegará el momento en el que tengamos que decidir qué hacemos the time will come when we have to decide what to do

¡ha llegado la primavera! spring is here!

4. (altura) to come

el agua nos llegaba a las rodillas the water came up to our knees

la falda te llega hasta los tobillos your skirt comes down to your ankles

5. (alcanzar una cantidad) to come to

no llega a las dos mil pesetas it comes to just under two thousand pesetas

el melón no llega a los tres kilos the melon weighs less than three kilos

6. (ser suficiente) to be enough

los bocadillos no llegaron para todos there weren't enough sandwiches for everyone

no me llega el dinero I haven't got enough money

llegar a hacer algo to manage to do something

llegar a ser to become [pt. became; pp. become]

por fin ha llegado a ser presidente he's finally become president

Spanish-English dictionary > llegar
69 medio

adj.

1 half a, half, half an, mid.

2 average.

3 half-way, halfway.

4 one-half.

adv.

half-way, half, kind of, partially.

m.

1 means, manner, mode, way.

2 center, midway, midst.

3 medium, instrument, means.

4 environment.

5 halfback.

6 medium.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: mediar.

* * *

medio

► adjetivo

1 (mitad) half

■ las dos y media half past two

■ media docena de huevos half a dozen eggs

■ un año y medio a year and a half

2 (intermedio) middle

■ a media tarde in the middle of the afternoon

3 (de promedio) average

■ una velocidad media de... an average speed of...

► adverbio

1 half

■ medio terminado,-a half-finished

■ he dejado los platos a medio lavar I've left the washing-up half-done

► nombre masculino medio

1 (mitad) half

2 (centro) middle

■ en el medio de la plaza in the middle of the square

3 (contexto - físico) environment

■ tiene problemas de adaptación al medio she has problems adapting to her environment

4 (social) circle

■ se mueve en un medio muy poco estimulante he moves in rather boring circles

► nombre masculino plural medios

1 (recursos) means

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

equivocarse de medio a medio to get it all wrong

estar (todo) por el medio to be in the way

ponerse en medio to get in the way

por medio de through, by means of

por todos los medios by all means

quitar algo/alguien de en medio to get something/somebody out of the way

media aritmética arithmetic mean

medio ambiente environment

medio fondo middle-distance

■ una carrera de medio fondo a middle-distance race

medios de comunicación (mass) media

medios de transporte means of transport

————————

medio

► nombre masculino

1 (mitad) half

2 (centro) middle

■ en el medio de la plaza in the middle of the square

3 (contexto - físico) environment

■ tiene problemas de adaptación al medio she has problems adapting to her environment

4 (social) circle

■ se mueve en un medio muy poco estimulante he moves in rather boring circles

► nombre masculino plural

* * *
1. (f. - media)
adj.

1) middle

2) half

3) average

4) medium
2. adv.
1) half

2) rather
3. noun m.
1) middle

2) element

3) medium

4) means

•

- medio ambiente

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=la mitad de) half

nos queda media botella — we've half a bottle left

medio limón — half a lemon

medio litro — half a litre

acudió media ciudad — half the town turned up

medio luto — half-mourning

media pensión — [en hotel] half-board

• media hora — half an hour

estuve esperando media hora — I was waiting for half an hour

el enfermo ha empeorado en la última media hora — the patient has got worse in the last half hour

una hora y media — an hour and a half

tardamos tres horas y media en llegar — we took three and a half hours to get there

son las ocho y media — it's half past eight

• media luna — (Astron) half-moon

en forma de media luna — crescent-shaped

la Media Luna — [en el Islam] the Crescent
asta, luz 1), mundo 2), naranja 1., 3), palabra 1), voz 1), vuelta 1)
2) (=intermedio)

la clase media — the middle class

café de media mañana — mid-morning coffee

a media tarde — halfway through the afternoon

• a medio camino, estamos a medio camino — we're halfway there

a medio camino entre Madrid y Barcelona — halfway between Madrid and Barcelona
plazo
3) (=promedio) average

la temperatura media — the average temperature
término 2)
4) (=normal) average

el francés medio — the average Frenchman

el hombre medio — the man in the street

5)

• a medias, lo dejó hecho a medias — he left it half-done

está escrito a medias — it's half-written

estoy satisfecho solo a medias — I am only partly satisfied

una verdad a medias — a half truth

ir a medias — to go fifty-fifty

lo pagamos a medias — we share o split the cost

2. ADV

1) [con adjetivo] half

está medio borracha — she's half drunk

medio dormido — half asleep

es medio tonto — he's not very bright, he's a bit on the slow side

2) [con verbo, adverbio]

está a medio escribir/terminar — it is half-written/finished

medio se sonrió — she gave a half-smile

lo dijo medio en broma — he was only half-joking

Ana medio se enamoró de Gonzalo — Ana kind of fell in love with Gonzalo

eso no está ni medio bien — that isn't even close to being right

3) LAm (=bastante) rather, quite, pretty *

fue medio difícil — it was pretty hard

3. SM

1) (=centro) middle, centre, center (EEUU)

justo en el medio de la plaza hay una fuente — there's a fountain right in the middle o centre of the square

coger algo por el medio — to take sth round the middle

el justo medio — a happy medium

• de en medio, la casa de en medio — the middle house

quitar algo de en medio — to get sth out of the way

quitarse de en medio — to get out of the way

• de por medio, hay droga de por medio — drugs are involved

hay dificultades de por medio — there are difficulties in the way

meterse de por medio — to intervene

día (de) por medio — LAm every other day

• en medio, iba a besarla, pero él se puso en medio — I was going to kiss her, but he got between us

no dejes las cosas por en medio — don't leave your things in the middle of the floor

en medio de la plaza — in the middle of the square

en medio de tanta confusión — in the midst of such confusion

en medio de todos ellos — among all of them

• por medio de, pasar por medio de — to go through (the middle of)

de medio a medio —

equivocarse de medio a medio — to be completely wrong

2) (Dep) midfielder

medio apertura — (Rugby) fly-half

medio centro — centre-half

medio (de) melé — (Rugby) scrum-half

3) (=método) means pl, way

lo intentaré por todos los medios (posibles) — I'll try everything possible

no hay medio de conseguirlo — there is no way of getting it, it's impossible to get

poner todos los medios para hacer algo, no regatear medios para hacer algo — to spare no effort to do sth

• por medio de, se mueve por medio de poleas — it moves by means of o using a pulley system

me avisó por medio de mi vecino — she let me know through my neighbour

respira por medio de las agallas — it breathes through o using o by means of its gills

lo consiguió por medio de chantajes — he obtained it by o through blackmail

medio de transporte — means of transport

4) pl los medios (tb: los medios de comunicación ó difusión) the media

los medios de comunicación de masas — the mass media

los medios informativos — the news media

5) pl medios (=recursos) means, resources

es un hombre de (muchos) medios — he's a man of means

no tienen medios económicos suficientes — they do not have sufficient financial resources

6) (Bio) (tb: medio ambiente) environment

7) (=círculo) circle

en los medios financieros — in financial circles

encontrarse en su medio — to be in one's element o milieu

* * *
I
- dia adjetivo

1) (delante del n) ( la mitad de)

medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter

medio kilo — half a kilo

media manzana — half an apple

pagar medio pasaje — to pay half fare o half price

un retrato de medio cuerpo — a half-length portrait

media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

dos horas y media — two and a half hours

lo sabe medio Buenos Aires — half of Buenos Aires knows

se lo contó a medio mundo — he told the whole world

la falda le llega a media pierna — she's wearing a calf-length skirt

a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll

está a medio vestir — she's still getting dressed

- media luna

- media naranja

- media pensión

- media vuelta

- medio campo

- medio del melé

- medio fondista

- medio fondo

- medio hermano -dia hermana

- medio luto

- medio pupilo -dia pupila

- medio tiempo

2) (mediano, promedio) average

el ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican

a medio y largo plazo — in the medium and long term

la temperatura media — the average temperature
II
adverbio half

está medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep

medio en broma medio en serio — half joking and half serious

todo lo deja a medio terminar — he leaves everything half finished

fue medio violento encontrármelo ahí — it was rather awkward meeting him there
III
masculino

1) (Mat) ( mitad) half

2)

a) ( centro) middle

en (el) medio de la habitación — in the middle o center of the room

el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle

el justo medio — the happy medium

quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way

quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)

b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)

3)

a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)

como medio de coacción — as a means of coercion

lo intentaron por todos los medios — they tried everything they could

no hay medio de localizarlo — there's no way o means of locating him

b) (Art) ( vehículo) tb

medio de expresión — medium

c) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb

medios económicos — means (pl), resources (pl)

no escatimó medios — he spared no expense

no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo — she does not have the means o resources to do it

- medio de comunicación or difusión

- medio de transporte

- medio informativo

- medios audiovisuales

- medios de producción

4) (en locs)

de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right

5)

a) (círculo, ámbito)

en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles

no está en su medio — he's out of his element

es desconocido en nuestro medio — he's unknown here (o in our area etc)

en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...

b) (Biol) environment

la adaptación al medio — adaptation to one's environment o surroundings

animales en su medio natural — animals in their natural habitat

•

- medio ambiente

* * *
I
- dia adjetivo

1) (delante del n) ( la mitad de)

medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter

medio kilo — half a kilo

media manzana — half an apple

pagar medio pasaje — to pay half fare o half price

un retrato de medio cuerpo — a half-length portrait

media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

dos horas y media — two and a half hours

lo sabe medio Buenos Aires — half of Buenos Aires knows

se lo contó a medio mundo — he told the whole world

la falda le llega a media pierna — she's wearing a calf-length skirt

a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll

está a medio vestir — she's still getting dressed

- media luna

- media naranja

- media pensión

- media vuelta

- medio campo

- medio del melé

- medio fondista

- medio fondo

- medio hermano -dia hermana

- medio luto

- medio pupilo -dia pupila

- medio tiempo

2) (mediano, promedio) average

el ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican

a medio y largo plazo — in the medium and long term

la temperatura media — the average temperature
II
adverbio half

está medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep

medio en broma medio en serio — half joking and half serious

todo lo deja a medio terminar — he leaves everything half finished

fue medio violento encontrármelo ahí — it was rather awkward meeting him there
III
masculino

1) (Mat) ( mitad) half

2)

a) ( centro) middle

en (el) medio de la habitación — in the middle o center of the room

el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle

el justo medio — the happy medium

quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way

quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)

b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)

3)

a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)

como medio de coacción — as a means of coercion

lo intentaron por todos los medios — they tried everything they could

no hay medio de localizarlo — there's no way o means of locating him

b) (Art) ( vehículo) tb

medio de expresión — medium

c) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb

medios económicos — means (pl), resources (pl)

no escatimó medios — he spared no expense

no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo — she does not have the means o resources to do it

- medio de comunicación or difusión

- medio de transporte

- medio informativo

- medios audiovisuales

- medios de producción

4) (en locs)

de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right

5)

a) (círculo, ámbito)

en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles

no está en su medio — he's out of his element

es desconocido en nuestro medio — he's unknown here (o in our area etc)

en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...

b) (Biol) environment

la adaptación al medio — adaptation to one's environment o surroundings

animales en su medio natural — animals in their natural habitat

•

- medio ambiente

* * *

medio¹

= middle, one-half (1/2).

Ex: The purpose of the insert key is to allow the insertion of one or more characters in the middle of a field without disturbing the information already displayed.

Ex: The output of paperbacks accounted for one-third of the total US book production by 1962; nearly one-half of the fiction produced and a quarter of the available titles.

* Alta Edad Media, la = Early Middle Ages, the, High Middle Ages, the, Dark Ages, the.

* a media asta = at half-mast, at half staff.

* a media mañana = mid-morning.

* a medias entre... y... = betwixt and between.

* a medio abrir = half-opened.

* a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].

* a medio comprender = half-understood.

* a medio formar = half-formed.

* a medio fuego = medium heat.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* a medio plazo = near-term, in the medium term, medium-term, in the mid-term, mid-term [midterm].

* a medio rimar = half-rhymed.

* a medio vestir = partly dressed, half dressed.

* arco de medio punto = round arch.

* baja Edad Media, la = late Middle Ages, the.

* barba de media tarde = five o'clock shadow.

* clase media = middle class.

* cocer a medias = parboil.

* comprendido a medias = half-understood.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* del medio = middle.

* del Medio Oriente = Middle Eastern.

* de media jornada = half-day [half day].

* de media mañana = mid-morning.

* de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].

* de medio pelo = small-time.

* de talla media = middle-sized.

* dividir por medio = rend in + two.

* Edad Media = mediaeval ages [medieval ages, -USA], Middle Ages.

* edición media = medium edition.

* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.

* en medio de = amidst, in the midst of, in the throes of, right in, amid.

* entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.

* enterarse a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.

* entre medias = in between.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.

* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.

* foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].

* haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.

* habitante del Medio Oriente = Middle Easterner.

* histeria a medias = semi-hysteria.

* Hora + y media = half past + Hora.

* IME (Integración a Media Escala) = MSI (Medium Scale Integration).

* justo en el medio (de) = plumb in the middle (of).

* letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.

* línea de medio campo = halfway line.

* media docena = half a dozen, half-dozen.

* media hora = half-hour.

* Media Luna Roja, la = Red Crescent, the.

* media luz = half-light.

* media pensión = half board.

* media tinta = Mezzotint.

* media verdad = half truth, half-fact.

* media vuelta = about-face.

* medio abierto = half-opened, half-way open.

* medio administrativo = quasi-clerical.

* medio adormilado = bleary-eyed.

* medio despierto = drowsily, groggily, bleary-eyed.

* medio día = one-half day.

* medio dormido = drowsily, groggily, groggy [groggier -comp., groggiest -sup.].

* medio en broma = tongue-in-cheek.

* medio + Expresión Temporal = half + a + Expresión Temporal.

* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.

* Medio Oeste, el = Midwest, the.

* Medio Oriente = Middle East.

* medio pliego = half-sheet.

* medio sumergido = half-submerged.

* medio vacío = half-empty.

* medio vestido = partly dressed, half dressed.

* nacido en medio = middleborn.

* nivel medio de gestión = middle management.

* pantalones de media caña = knee breeches, jodhpurs.

* partir por medio = rend in + two.

* Pasado = half + Pasado/Participio.

* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).

* Posesivo + media naranja = Posesivo + significant other, Posesivo + better half, Posesivo + other half.

* punto medio = mid-point.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quitarse de en medio = take + Nombre + out.

* quitarse del medio = run for + cover.

* sin obstáculos de por medio = uncluttered.

* tener un problema medio resuelto = have + problem half licked.

* tentempié de media mañana = elevenses.

* un día y medio = one and a half days.

* verdad a medias = half truth, half-fact.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

medio²

² = average, mainline, mainstream.

Ex: The average family does have very real information needs, even though these may not be immediately recognized as such.

Ex: This is 'scientific journalism' at its worst, but its standards are not wholly different from those of the mainline press.

Ex: Some children may be constrained by a mainstream curriculum that does not match their ability level.

* ciudadano medio, el = average man, the.

* como término medio = on average.

* de nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].

* de nivel medio = medium level [medium-level], middle-range.

* de precio medio = medium-priced.

* de talle medio = medium-length.

* de tamaño medio = medium-sized, mid-sized [midsized], middle-sized, mid-size [midsize].

* de tipo medio = middle-range.

* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.

* hombre medio, el = average person, the.

* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.

* nivel de dominio medio = working knowledge.

* persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].

* por término medio = on average.

* precio medio = average price.

* tener por término medio = average.

* término medio = compromise, balance.

* valor medio = midrange, mean value.

medio³

³ = instrumentality, means, vehicle.

Nota: Sentido figurado.

Ex: But there are signs of a change as new and powerful instrumentalities come into use.

Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex: This journal serves as a vehicle for the continuing education of librarians, as a showcase for current practice and as a spotlight for significant activities.

* alfabetización en los medios de comunicación = media literacy.

* anuncios en los medios de comunicación = media releases.

* aprendizaje a través de medios electrónicos = online learning.

* aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).

* bibliotecario de medios audiovisuales = library media specialist.

* bien dotado de medios = well-resourced.

* bien equipado de medios = well-resourced.

* búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.

* búsqueda por medio de órdenes = command search.

* codificación por medio de códigos de barras = barcoding [bar-coding].

* codificar por medio de códigos de barras = barcode [bar-code].

* conducir por medio de tubos = duct.

* confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.

* con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con todos los medios a + Posesivo + alcance = with all the means at + Posesivo + disposal.

* desplazamiento por medio del ordenador = computer commuting.

* documentalista de los medios de comunicación = news librarian.

* dotar de medios = resource.

* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.

* empresa de medios de comunicación = media company.

* enseñanza a través de medios electrónicos = online education.

* enseñanza por medio del ordenador (CBI) = computer-based instruction (CBI).

* entrevista en los medios de comunicación = media interview.

* equipar de medios = resource.

* exceso de medios = overkill.

* expansión de una búsqueda por medio del tesauro = thesaurus expansion.

* industria de los medios de comunicación de masas = mass communications industry.

* interfaz por medio de gráficos = graphics interfacing.

* máquina de registro de préstamos por medio de la fotografía = photocharger, photocharging machine.

* medio de ahorro = economy measure.

* medio de almacenamiento = storage medium.

* medio de almacenamiento físico = physical storage media.

* medio de comunicación = medium [media, -pl.].

* medio de interpretación = medium of performance.

* medio de transmisión = conduit.

* medio físico = physical medium.

* medios = ways and means.

* medios de almacenamiento digital = digital media.

* medios de almacenamiento óptico = optical storage media.

* medios de comunicación = news media.

* medios de comunicación de masas = mass media, mass communications media, communications media, communications media.

* medios de comunicación social = mass media.

* medios de microalmacenamiento de la información = microstorage media.

* medios de producción = means of production.

* medios digitalizados de almacenamiento de información = digitised media.

* medios económicos = economic resources.

* medios, los = wherewithal, the, means, the.

* medios oficiales = official channels.

* medios técnicos = IT capabilities.

* medios visuales = visual media.

* mostrar por medio de cambio de intensidad en el brillo = flash up.

* multimedia = multimedia [multi-media].

* mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.

* por medio = out of.

* por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of.

* por medio de isótopos = isotopically.

* por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.

* por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.

* por todos los medios = by all means.

* proporcionar los medios para = provide + the material for.

* ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.

* streaming media = streaming media.

* técnica de recuperación por medio de la lógica difusa = fuzzy IR technique.

* terapia por medio de aromas = aroma therapy.

* tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.

* tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.

* un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.

* utilizar al máximo por medio del ordenador = explode.

* * *

medio¹ - dia

adjective

A ( delante del n)

(la mitad de): medio litro half a liter, a half-liter

medio kilo de harina half a kilo of flour

media docena de huevos half a dozen eggs, a half-dozen eggs

¿quieres media manzana? do you want half an apple?

los niños pagan medio billete or pasaje children pay half fare o half price

un retrato de medio cuerpo a half-length portrait

llevo media hora esperando I've been waiting for half an hour

la última media hora es muy divertida the last half hour is very entertaining

hay trenes a y cinco y a y media there are trains at five past and half past (the hour)

aún faltan dos horas y media para que empiece la función there are still two and a half hours to go before the show starts

si se lo dices a él mañana lo sabe medio Buenos Aires if you tell him, half (of) Buenos Aires will know by tomorrow

la bandera ondea a media asta the flag is flying at half-mast

la falda le llega a media pierna she's wearing a calf-length skirt

a media mañana/tarde siempre da un paseo he always goes for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll, he always goes for a stroll mid-morning/mid-afternoon

¿qué haces aquí leyendo a media luz? what are you doing in here reading in such poor light?

la habitación estaba a media luz the room was dimly lit

Compuestos:

● media lengua

feminine:

habla con or (CS) en medioa lengua he talks in baby language

la deliciosa medioa lengua de los dos años the delightful way a two-year-old talks

● media luna feminine

A ( Astron) half-moon

en forma de medioa luna crescent-shaped

la Medio Luna de las tierras fértiles the Fertile Crescent

B (de las uñas) half-moon

C ( RPl) ( Coc) croissant ( often with ham and cheese)

D

(organización): la Medioa Luna Roja the Red Crescent

● media manga

feminine short sleeve

llevaba un vestido de medioa manga she was wearing a dress with short sleeves o a short-sleeved dress

● media naranja

masculine and feminine ( fam hum):

todavía no ha encontrado su medioa naranja (el hombre ideal) Mr Right hasn't come along yet; (la mujer ideal) he hasn't found his ideal woman yet

vino con su medioa naranja he/she came along with his/her better half ( colloq hum)

● media pensión

feminine (en hoteles) half board

(en colegios): los alumnos en régimen de medioa pensión pupils who have school dinners

● medias palabras

fpl:

me lo dijo con medioas palabras she didn't say it in so many words

● media suela

feminine half sole, sole

● media volea

feminine half volley

● media voz

feminine:

a medioa voz in a low voice

hablaban a medioa voz they were talking in low voices

● media vuelta

feminine ( Mil) about-face ( AmE), about-turn ( BrE)

(se) dio medioa vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel o she turned around and left

● medio apertura

masculine and feminine fly half, outside half

● medio campo

masculine midfield

● medio del melé

masculine and feminine scrum half

● medio fondista

masculine and feminine middle-distance runner

● medio fondo

masculine middle-distance

● medio hermano, media hermana

masculine, feminine

( masculine) half-brother; ( feminine) half-sister

● medio luto

masculine half-mourning

● medio pupilo, media pupila or medio pupila

masculine, feminine (CS) day pupil

los medio pupilos the day pupils

● medio tiempo

( AmL) half-time

B (mediano, promedio) average

el cuidadano/mexicano medio the average citizen/Mexican

barrios madrileños de standing alto a medio middle to upper-class districts of Madrid

a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term

técnico de grado medio technician who has taken a three-year course rather than a five-year degree course

la temperatura media es de 22 grados the average temperature is 22 degrees

clase¹ (↑ clase (1)), edad, término, etc

C

a medias ( loc adv)

1

(de manera incompleta): dejó el trabajo a medios he left the work half-finished

me dijo la verdad a medios she didn't tell me the whole truth o story

lo arregló a medios he didn't fix it properly

2

(entre dos): voy a comprar un número de lotería ¿vamos a medios? I'm going to buy a lottery ticket. Do you want to go halves?

pagar a medios to pay half each, go halves

lo hicimos a medios we did it between us

D

( Chi fam) ( delante del n) (uso enfático): el medio auto que se gasta just look at the car he drives!

medio²

adverb

half

está medio borracha/loca she's half drunk/crazy

lo dejaron allí medio muerto they left him there half dead

fue medio violento encontrármelo ahí it was rather awkward meeting him there

me lo dijo medio en broma medio en serio she said it half joking and half serious

todo lo deja a medio hacer he never finishes anything, he leaves everything half finished

medio como que se molestó cuando se lo dije (CS fam); she got kind of o sort of annoyed when I told her ( colloq)

medio³

masculine

A [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Mat) (mitad) half

B

1 (centro) middle

en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room

el botón de en or del medio the middle button, the button in the middle

el justo medio the happy medium

quítate de en or del medio, que no me dejas ver get out of the way, I can't see

quitar a algn de en medio ( euf); to get rid of sb ( euph), bump sb off ( colloq)

2 los medios mpl ( Taur) center* ( of the ring)

C

1 (recurso, manera) means (pl)

lo intentaron por todos los medios they tried everything they could

no hay medio de localizarlo there's no way o means of locating him

hizo lo que pudo con los medios a su alcance she did everything she could with the resources at her disposal

como medio de coacción as a means of coercion

2 ( Art) (vehículo) tb

medio de expresión medium

3 medios mpl (recursos económicos) tb

medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)

no escatimó medios he spared no expense

a pesar de los escasos medios de que dispone in spite of his limited means

no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo she does not have the means o resources to do it

Compuestos:

● medio de comunicación

la entrevista concedida a un medio de comunicación francés the interview given to a French newspaper ( o television station etc)

los medios de comunicación the media

los medios de comunicación sociales or de masas the mass media

● medio de difusión

medio de comunicación

● medio de transporte

means of transport

● medio impugnativo

( Méx) legal challenge

● medio informativo

medio de comunicación

● medios audiovisuales

mpl audiovisual aids (pl)

● medios de producción

mpl:

los medio de producción the means of production

D ( en locs):

de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of

hay muchos intereses creados de por medio there are a lot of vested interests involved

en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people

no sé cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden I don't know how you can work in all this mess

en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion

en medio de todo all things considered

en medio de todo más vale así all things considered, it's probably better this way

por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week

dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses

por medio de: nos enteramos por medio de tu primo we found out from o through your cousin

atrapa su presa por medio de estas pinzas it catches its prey by using these pincers

se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system

obtuvo el puesto por medio de estas influencias she got the job through these contacts

de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong o utterly mistaken

le acertó de medio a medio she was absolutely right

E

1

(círculo, ámbito): en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles

no está en su medio he's out of his element

un artista prácticamente desconocido en nuestro medio (Col, CS); an artist who is practically unknown here o in our country ( o area etc)

en medios bien informados se comenta que … informed opinion has it that …

2 ( Biol) environment

estos animales no sobreviven fuera de su medio natural these animals do not survive if removed from their natural habitat

la adaptación al medio adaptation to one's environment o surroundings

Compuesto:

medio ambiente

environment

que no daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly

F (dedo) middle finger

G (moneda) five centavo or centésimo coin formerly used in some Latin American countries

ni medio ( RPl fam): no se ve/no entendí ni medio you can't see/I didn't understand a thing

el que nace para medio nunca llega a real if you don't have what it takes, you won't get on in the world

* * *

Del verbo mediar: ( conjugate mediar)

medio es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

medió es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
mediar
medio
mediar ( conjugate mediar) verbo intransitivo
a) ( intervenir) to mediate;

medio EN algo ‹en conflicto/negociaciones› to mediate in sth, to act as mediator in sth
b) ( interceder) medio POR algn to intercede for sb;

medio ANTE algn to intercede o intervene with sb
medio 1
◊ - dia adjetivo

1 ( delante del n) ( la mitad de):
◊ medio kilo half a kilo;

media manzana half an apple;
pagar medio pasaje to pay half fare o half price;
media hora half an hour, a half hour (AmE);
dos horas y media two and a half hours;
a las cinco y media at half past five;
a media mañana/tarde in the middle of the morning/afternoon;
a medio camino halfway;
media pensión ( en hoteles) half board;
(se) dio medio vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel and left;
un jugador de medio campo a midfield player;
medio tiempo (AmL) half-time;
mi media naranja (fam &
hum) my better half (colloq & hum)
2 (mediano, promedio) average;
◊ el ciudadano medio the average citizen;

a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term
medio 2 adverbio
half;
◊ está medio loca she's half crazy;

todo lo deja a medio terminar he leaves everything half finished
■ sustantivo masculino
1 (Mat) ( mitad) half
2 ( centro) middle;
◊ en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room;

quitarse de en or del medio to get out of the way
3
a) (recurso, manera) means (pl);

◊ como medio de coacción as a means of coercion;

los medios de comunicación the media;
medio de transporte means of transport
b)

◊ medios sustantivo masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)

4 ( en locs)
◊ en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people;

en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion;
por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week;
dos casas por medio every two houses;
por medio de (de proceso/técnica) by means of;
por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin
5
a) (círculo, ámbito):

◊ en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles;

no está en su medio he's out of his element
b) (Biol) environment;

◊ la adaptación al medio adaptation to one's environment;

medio ambiente environment;
que no da daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly
mediar verbo intransitivo
1 (arbitrar, intervenir) to mediate: España mediará en el conflicto, Spain will mediate in the conflict
2 (interceder) to intercede: mediará por ti, she'll intercede on your behalf
3 (interponerse) media la circunstancia de que..., you must take into account that...
4 (periodo de tiempo) to pass: mediaron un par de días, two days passed
medio,-a
I adjetivo
1 (mitad) half: sólo queda medio melón, there is only half a melon left
una hora y media, an hour and a half
2 (no extremo) middle
a media tarde, in the middle of the afternoon
clase media, middle class
punto medio, middle ground
3 (prototípico) average: la calidad media es baja, the average quality is poor
la mujer media, the average woman
II adverbio half: el trabajo está medio hecho, the work is half done
III sustantivo masculino
1 (mitad) half
2 (centro) middle
en medio de la batalla, in the midst of the battle
en medio de los árboles, among the trees
(entre dos) in between the trees
un barco en medio del desierto, a ship in the middle of the desert
sal de ahí en medio, get out of the way
3 (instrumento, vía) means: el fin no justifica los medios, the aim doesn't justify the means
4 (entorno) enviroment
un medio hostil, a hostile enviroment
' medio' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
achuchar
- adivinarse
- ambiente
- calle
- camino
- coger
- conducto
- coralina
- coralino
- cuerpo
- Ecuador
- elemento
- en
- entorno
- habitar
- lado
- locomoción
- media
- ocupante
- odisea
- oriente
- perder
- por
- radical
- recurso
- sacar
- tener
- término
- tierra
- través
- a
- alzado
- arma
- atontado
- caja
- canal
- derruido
- destruir
- día
- efectivo
- gusto
- hombre
- hostil
- instrumento
- ir
- loco
- Medio Oriente
- mejor
- menos
- meter
English:
about
- air
- and
- average
- backdrop
- between
- bread
- call away
- canter
- centre
- cobble together
- discern
- East
- end
- environment
- environmentalist
- envoy
- freight
- half
- half-dead
- half-dressed
- half-empty
- half-full
- half-open
- half-serious
- half-way
- mean
- means
- medium
- medium-term
- mid
- middle
- Middle East
- middleweight
- midst
- moderate
- on
- over
- part
- resource
- Roman arch
- rough up
- sandwich course
- scrum-half
- semiliterate
- shelf
- slush
- slushy
- stimulate
- television

* * *

medio, -a

♦ adj

1. [igual a la mitad] half;

media docena half a dozen;

media hora half an hour;

medio litro half a litre;

el estadio registra media entrada the stadium is half full;

medio pueblo estaba allí half the town was there;

medio Quito se quedó sin electricidad half of Quito was left without electricity;

la bandera ondeaba a media asta the flag was flying at half mast;

a medio camino [en viaje] halfway there;
[en trabajo] halfway through;
a media luz in the half-light;

nos salimos a media película we left halfway through the movie o Br film;

como algo a media mañana I have something to eat halfway through the morning, I have a mid-morning snack;

docena y media one and a half dozen;

un kilo y medio one and a half kilos;

son las dos y media it's half past two;

son y media it's half past

Comp
Andes, Méx, Ven medio fondo waist petticoat o slip;
la media luna the crescent;

la Media Luna Roja the Red Crescent;
Fam Fig media naranja:
mi/su/ etc[m5]. media naranja my/your/ etc other o better half;

media pensión half board;
CSur medio pupilo [que va a dormir a casa] day pupil; [que va a casa el fin de semana] boarder;
media suela half-sole;

media volea half volley

2. [intermedio] [estatura, tamaño] medium;
[posición, punto] middle;
de una calidad media of average quality;

a medio plazo in the medium term;

de clase media middle-class;

a media distancia in the middle distance

Comp
medio campo midfield; Am medio tiempo half-time
3. [de promedio] [temperatura, velocidad] average;
Mat mean;
el consumo medio de agua por habitante the average water consumption per head of the population;

a una velocidad media de 50 km/h at an average speed of 50 km/h

4. [corriente] ordinary, average;

el ciudadano medio the average person, ordinary people

♦ adv

half;

medio borracho half drunk;

estaba medio muerto he was half dead;

a medio hacer half done;

han dejado la obra a medio hacer they've left the building half finished;

aún estoy a medio arreglar I'm only half ready;

pasé la noche medio en vela I barely slept all night, I spent half the night awake

♦ nm

1. [mitad] half;

uno y medio one and a half

2. [centro] middle, centre;

íbamos por el carril del medio o [m5] de en medio we were driving in the middle lane;

en medio (de) in the middle (of);

estaba incómoda en medio de toda aquella gente I felt uncomfortable among all those people;

está en medio de una profunda depresión she's in the middle of a deep depression;

no se oía nada en medio de tanto ruido you couldn't hear a thing with all that noise;

han puesto una valla en medio they've put a fence in the way;

si te pones en medio no veo la tele I can't see the TV if you're in the way;

quítate de en medio get out of the way;

siempre tienes todas tus cosas por medio your things are always lying around all over the place;

estar por (en) medio [estorbar] to be in the way;

hay muchos intereses de por medio there are a lot of interests involved;

meterse o [m5] ponerse (de) por medio [estorbar] to get in the way;
Fig [entrometerse] to interfere;
Comp

equivocarse de medio a medio to be completely wrong;

Comp
Fam
quitar de en medio a alguien to get rid of sb;

Comp

quitarse de en medio [suicidarse] to do away with oneself

3. [sistema, manera] means [singular or plural], method;

utilice cualquier medio a su alcance use whatever means are available, use every means available;

encontró un medio para pagar menos impuestos she found a way of paying less tax;

no hay medio de convencerla she refuses to be convinced;

por medio de by means of, through;

ha encontrado trabajo por medio de un conocido she got a job through an acquaintance;

por todos los medios by all possible means;

intentaré conseguir ese trabajo por todos los medios I'll do whatever it takes to get that job;

su medio de vida es la chatarra he earns his living from scrap metal

Comp
los medios de comunicación the media;
medios de comunicación electrónicos electronic media;

los medios de comunicación de masas the mass media;

los medios de difusión the media;

medio de expresión medium;

los medios de información the media;

medios de producción means of production;

medio de transporte means of transport o US transportation

4.
medios [recursos] means, resources;

no cuenta con los medios económicos para realizarlo she lacks the means o the (financial) resources to do it

5. [elemento físico] environment;

animales que viven en el medio acuático animals that live in an aquatic environment

Comp
medio ambiente environment; Biol medio de cultivo culture medium;
medio físico physical environment

6. [ámbito]
el medio rural/urbano the countryside/city;

en medios financieros/políticos in financial/political circles;

en medios bien informados in well-informed circles

7. Dep [en fútbol, hockey] midfielder;
[en rugby] halfback
Comp
medio (de) apertura [en rugby] fly half, stand-off;
medio (de) melé [en rugby] scrum half

8. Taurom
los medios = centre of bullring

9. Comp
CSur Fam
ni medio: no oye ni medio he's as deaf as a post;

no entiende ni medio she hasn't got a clue;

por medio: nado día por medio I swim every other day

* * *

medio

I adj

1 half;

las tres y media half past three, three-thirty;

a medio camino halfway

2 tamaño medium

3 (de promedio) average

4 posición middle

II m

1 ( entorno) environment

2 en fútbol midfielder

3 ( centro) middle;

en medio de in the middle of

4 ( manera) means;

por medio de by means of;

medios pl dinero means, resources

III adv half;

hacer algo a medias half do sth;

ir a medias go halves;

a medio hacer half done;

de medio a medio completely;

día por medio L.Am. every other day;

quitar de en medio algo fam move sth out of the way;

quitarse de en medio get out of the way

* * *

medio adv

1) : half

está medio dormida: she's half asleep

2) : rather, kind of

está medio aburrida esta fiesta: this party is rather boring

medio, - dia adj

1) : half

una media hora: half an hour

medio hermano: half brother

a media luz: in the half-light

son las tres y media: it's half past three, it's three-thirty

2) : midway, halfway

a medio camino: halfway there

3) : middle

la clase media: the middle class

4) : average

la temperatura media: the average temperature

medio nm

1) centro: middle, center

en medio de: in the middle of, amid

2) ambiente: milieu, environment

3) : medium, spiritualist

4) : means pl, way

por medio de: by means of

los medios de comunicación: the media

5) medios nmpl

: means, resources

* * *

medio¹ adj

1. (mitad) half

pesa medio kilo it weighs half a kilo

tardaré media hora I'll be half an hour

un litro y medio de agua a litre and a half of water

2. (promedio, normal) average

el español medio the average Spaniard

medio² adv half

las manzanas estaban medio podridas the apples were half rotten

medio³ n

1. (centro) middle

hay una fuente en medio de la plaza there's a fountain in the middle of the square

2. (entorno) environment

los anfibios necesitan un medio húmedo amphibians need a damp environment

3. (recurso, método) means

han utilizado medios dudosos they used doubtful means

media de transporte means of transport

medio ambiente environment

medios de comunicación media

Spanish-English dictionary > medio
70 ὁ

ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

A demonstr. Pronoun.

B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.

C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual τοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ; οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ; τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
; τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
; τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
; τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
; τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484, ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8
(Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)

A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):

I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun, αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
; τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.

II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.

III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ; θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.

IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.

V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.

VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,
ὁ δέ
the former, Pl.Prt. 359e
, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
; τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ; πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg., ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ; τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.

2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24
; τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
; οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.

3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
; νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.

4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.

5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ; τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ; ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. μέν D.
III ; γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.

6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
; τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
; ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.

7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.

8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
; ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
; οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.

VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,

1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v. ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc., καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt., καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.

2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc., καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ; τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ; τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398
, cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.; τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.

VIII abs. usages of single cases,

1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.

b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ; τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210
:—only poet.

c of Manner,
τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν
in this way, thus, Od.8.510
.

d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.

e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.

2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose, τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.

b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.

3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6), τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
; τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.

4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
; τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.

5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.

b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.; ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ; τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.

c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).

6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs., ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.; ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c
: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; with πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).

B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,
αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον
the hindmost man, Il.11.178
; τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
; τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
; τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in τῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs., τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.; τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
; τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ; τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ; ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.

I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron., τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b
.

b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).

c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.

d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.

2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
; πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.

b freq. with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.

3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.

4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.

5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.; τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.

6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ; τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
; ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ; ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
; τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.

7 before Prons.,

a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a
,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a
; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.

b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.

c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,
ὁ τοιοῦτος
that sort of person, X.Mem.4.2.21
, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art., τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.

8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6, πολύς 11.3
, etc.

9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.

II elliptic expressions:

1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.

2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers., τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.

3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.

4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.

5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.); ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ; τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.

C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ; Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.); Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., τῆς S.OC 1258
, Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.); τῷ S.Ph.14
; τήν Id.OC 747
, Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg. τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).

D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:

a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.

b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65
, ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60
, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ
71 μηδέ

μηδέ negative disjunctive particle (Hom.+)

① and not, but not, nor continuing a preceding negation (almost always w. μή)

ⓐ in such a way that both negatives have one verb in common: in the ptc. Mt 22:29; Mk 12:24; in the pres. subj. 1 Cor 5:8; 1J 3:18; in the impv. Mt 6:25; Lk 12:22; 1J 2:15. More than one μηδέ can also follow μή (Diod S 18, 56, 5 μὴ κατιέναι is followed by μηδέ used five times with the same verb) Mt 10:9f; Lk 14:12.

ⓑ in such a way that μή and μηδέ each has a verb for itself: introduced by ὸ̔ς ἄν (ἐάν) Mt 10:14; Mk 6:11; by ἵνα J 4:15; ὅπως Lk 16:26. Both verbs in ptc. 2 Cor 4:2; in impv. Mk 13:15; J 14:27; Ro 6:12f; Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11). The imperatives can also be wholly or partly replaced by equivalent subjunctive forms: Mt 7:6; 23:9f; Lk 17:23; 1 Pt 3:14. Both verbs in inf. (depending on παραγγέλλω) Ac 4:18; 1 Ti 1:4; 6:17; cp. Ac 21:21. More than one μηδέ after μή (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 11 §42 μηδεὶς μηδένα followed by μηδέ thrice; Just., D. 112, 4 μηδέποτε and μηδέ thrice) Col 2:21; 2 Cl 4:3; cp. Ro 14:21; 1 Cor 10:7–10. The first verb can also be connected w. any compound of μή: μηδείς (Jos., Ant. 8, 395; Just., A I, 5, 1 al.) Lk 3:14; 1 Ti 5:22. μήπω Ro 9:11.

ⓒ in the apodosis of a conditional sentence εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω one who is unwilling to work, is not to be given anything to eat 2 Th 3:10.

② not even (X., Mem. 1, 2, 36; PMagd 28, 4 [218 B.C.]; PTebt 24, 76; Just., A I, 19, 5; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6; Ath 32, 1) preceded by ὥστε μή (or μηκέτι) Mk 3:20. μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν not even about the door Mk 2:2. μηδὲ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς do not even go into the village (before returning home) Mk 8:26. τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν not even to eat with such a person 1 Cor 5:11. μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν should not even be mentioned among you Eph 5:3. μηδὲ αὐτὸν μόνον τῆς κεφαλῆς ὄγκον not only the bulk of (his swollen) head Papias (3:2c).—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μηδέ
72 ما (أداة نفي لم)

مَا (أداة نفي لَمْ)‏ \ not: (often shortened in speech to n’t with the verbs be, can, dare, do, have, may, must, need, ought) a word that gives an opposite meaning to any word or sentence: He did not (or didn’t come).. \ مَا (التعجُّبيّة)‏ \ what: expressing surprise or annoyance, etc.: What a big dog! What nasty medicine! What a shame!. \ مَا؟ \ what: (in questions) which thing: What do you want?, that which I do what I like. What I hate most is cruelty. \ مَا! \ how: (with an adj. or adv., to express surprise or other feelings): How clever you are!. \ مَا إِذا \ if: whether: I asked him if you were at home. whether: showing a question in reported speech, where there is a choice: I asked whether he liked it (or not). I don’t know whether he will agree or (whether he will) refuse. \ مَا الأمْر؟ \ be the matter: to be wrong; be causing trouble: What’s the matter (with you)? Are you feeling ill?. \ مَا بعدَ البَنَفْسَجيّ \ ultraviolet. \ _(field) Phys. \ مَا دَام \ so long as: if; provided that: I’ll go so long as you’ll go with me. as long as: (a) on condition that: You can take my key as long as you don’t lose it., (b) all the time that: I’ll remember you as long as I live. \ مَا دَام الأَمْرُ كذلك \ all right: also alright in that case: You don’t want it? All right, I’ll give it to someone else. then: in that case: Don’t you want it? Then I’ll give it to someone else. \ مَا رأيُك في \ how about?: what is your opinion of (a certain plan); would you like: How about a cup of coffee?. what about...?: what is your opinion of (a certain plan); how would you like: What about going for a swim?. \ مَا رأيُك في...؟ \ what about?: what is your opinion of (an idea?): What about that blue coat in the shop window? (Does it suit you? Would you like it?) What about a swim? (Shall we go for a swim?). \ مَا زَال \ still: up till now; up till then: Are you still unmarried? He was still in bed when I left home. \ مَا زَال قَويًّا \ going strong: continuing to be successful or healthy, etc.: My father is 82 years old, and still going strong. \ مَا شَكْلُهُ؟ \ what is it like?: please describe it. \ مَا عَدَا \ apart from: besides; except: Apart from that, he had little to say. but: except: Nobody laughed but me. except: leaving out; not including: I work every day except Sunday (or except on Sundays). other: (with than) except: We have nothing to read, other than school books. save: old use, except. \ مَا قَبْل \ pre-. \ مَا قَبْل الحرب \ pre-war: before the war (usu. meaning the World War of 1939-45): a pre-war car (made before the war). \ مَا قولُك في \ how about: what is your opinion of (a certain plan); how would you like: How about a cup of coffee?. what about...?: what is your opinion of (a certain plan); how would you like: What about going for a swim?. \ مَا قيمتُه أو ثَمنُه \ worth: a quality that is equal to a certain value: I bought a pound’s worth of fruit. \ مَا كاد... \ no sooner... than: as soon as: No sooner had I found the key than I lost it again (I lost it very soon after I had found it). \ مَا لَم \ unless: if not: You will fail unless you try harder. \ مَا مُجْمَلُه \ in all: altogether: We won six games in all. \ مَا مَجْمُوعُه \ in all: altogether: We won six games in all. \ مَا المَسْأَلة؟ \ be the matter: to be wrong; be causing trouble: What’s the matter (with you)? Are you feeling ill?. \ مَا مِن (أحد)‏ \ no: not any: No other boy could have done it. \ مَا هو أَبْكَر وقت...؟ \ how soon?: in how much time: How soon can you start the work?. \ مَا وَراء \ trans-: across. \ مَا وراءَ الطبيعة \ metaphysics. \ مَا وَصْفُهُ؟ \ what is it like?: please describe it. \ مَا يُحبُّه الإنسان \ love: sb. or sth. that is loved: Football and fishing are his greatest loves. \ مَا يَخْتَارُه المَرْء \ pick: choice: Take your pick of those books. (Take whichever you wish). \ مَا يَخُصُّه تمامًا \ very own: completely one’s own; not shared in any way: If you want your very own horse you must pay for it yourself. \ مَا يَسْتَحِقّ \ due: the fair treatment that one deserves in spite of one’s faults: He failed. But to give him his due, he did try hard. \ مَا يَسُدّ حاجته \ pay one’s way: to earn enough for one’s needs; not get into debt. \ مَا يقرُب مِن \ close on: nearly: There were close on a hundred people at the meeting. \ مَا يلي \ following: that which is written or listed next: Please buy me the following: 2 pens, 3 pencils, some ink.

Arabic-English dictionary > ما (أداة نفي لم)
73 tour

I.

tour¹ [tuʀ]

1. feminine noun

   a. ( = édifice) tower ; ( = immeuble très haut) tower block

   b. (Chess) castle, rook

2. compounds

► la tour de Babel the Tower of Babel

► tour de contrôle control tower

► la tour Eiffel the Eiffel Tower

► tour HLM high-rise council block (Brit), high-rise project (US)

► tour d'ivoire

• enfermé dans sa or une tour d'ivoire shut away in an ivory tower ► la tour de Londres the Tower of London

► la tour de Pise the Leaning Tower of Pisa

II.

tour² [tuʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. masculine noun

2. compounds

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. ( = excursion, parcours) trip ; ( = promenade) (à pied) walk ; (en voiture) drive ; (en vélo) ride

• allons faire un tour à pied let's go for a walk

• allons faire un petit tour à pied let's go for a walk

• faire un tour de manège to have a ride on a merry-go-round

• faire un tour en ville to go for a walk round town

• faire un tour en Italie to go for a trip round Italy

• le tour du parc prend bien une heure it takes a good hour to walk around the park

• on en a vite fait le tour [de lieu] there's not much to see ; [de livre, théorie] there isn't much to it ; [de personne] there isn't much to him (or her)

► faire le tour de [+ parc, pays, magasins] to go round ; [+ possibilités] to explore ; [+ problème] to consider from all angles

• faire le tour du cadran [aiguille] to go round the clock ; [dormeur] to sleep round the clock

• faire le tour du monde to go round the world

• la route fait le tour de leur propriété the road goes round their estate

• faire le tour du propriétaire to look round one's property

• je vais te faire faire le tour du propriétaire I'll show you round

• faire le tour des invités to do the rounds of the guests

• la plaisanterie a fait le tour de la table the joke went round the table► faire un tour de

• faire un tour d'Europe to tour Europe

• ils ont fait un tour du monde en bateau they sailed round the world

   b. (dans un ordre, une succession) turn

• c'est votre tour it's your turn

• à ton tour de jouer it's your turn ; (Chess, draughts) it's your move

• passer son tour to miss one's turn

• parler à son tour to speak in turn

• attends, tu parleras à ton tour wait - you'll have your turn to speak

• chacun son tour ! wait your turn!

• nous le faisons chacun à notre tour we take it in turns

• c'est au tour de Marc de parler it's Marc's turn to speak

• à qui le tour ? whose turn is it?

• votre tour viendra your turn will come

► à tour de rôle in turn

• ils sont de garde à tour de rôle they take turns being on duty► tour à tour alternately

• le temps était tour à tour pluvieux et ensoleillé the weather was alternately wet and sunny

• elle se sentait tour à tour optimiste et désespérée she felt optimistic and despairing by turns

   c. (Sport, politics) round

• au premier tour de la Coupe d'Europe in the first round of the European Cup

• élu au second tour elected in the second round

• tour de scrutin ballot

   d. ( = circonférence) [de partie du corps] measurement ; [de tronc, colonne] girth ; [de surface] circumference

• tour de tête head measurement ; (pour chapeau) hat size

• tour de cou collar size

• tour de taille waist measurement

• tour hanches hip measurement

• tour de poitrine [d'homme] chest measurement ; [de femme] bust measurement

   e. ( = rotation) revolution ; [d'écrou, clé] turn

• l'hélice a fait deux tours the propeller turned twice

• régime de 2 000 tours (minute) speed of 2,000 revs per minute

• un 33 tours an LP

• un 45 tours a single

• un 78 tours a 78

• donner un tour de clé to turn the key

• faire un tour sur soi-même to spin round once

► à tour de bras [frapper, taper] with all one's strength ; [composer, produire] prolifically ; [critiquer] with a vengeance

• il écrit des chansons à tour de bras he churns out songs one after the other

• ils licenciaient à tour de bras they were laying people off left, right and centre

   f. ( = tournure) [de situation, conversation] turn ; ( = phrase) turn of phrase

• la situation prend un tour dramatique the situation is taking a dramatic turn

   g. ( = exercice) [d'acrobate] feat ; [de jongleur, prestidigitateur] trick

• tour d'adresse feat of skill

• tour de cartes card trick

• et le tour est joué ! and there you have it!

• c'est un tour à prendre ! it's just a knack!

• avoir plus d'un tour dans son sac to have more than one trick up one's sleeve

   h. ( = duperie) trick

• jouer un tour à qn to play a trick on sb

• un sale tour a dirty trick (inf)

   i. ( = machine) lathe

• tour de potier potter's wheel

2. <

► tour de chant song recital

► tour de force amazing feat

► le Tour de France the Tour de France

► tour de garde spell of duty

► tour d'honneur (Sport) lap of honour

► tour d'horizon general survey

• faire un tour d'horizon de la situation to have a look at the general situation ► tour de main

• avoir un tour de main to have a knack

• en un tour de main in no time at all ► tour de manivelle turn of the handle

• le premier tour de manivelle est prévu pour octobre [de film] the cameras should begin rolling in October ► tour de piste (Sport) lap ; (dans un cirque) circuit (of the ring)

► tour de reins back strain

• attraper un tour de reins to strain one's back

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

LE TOUR DE FRANCE

The famous annual cycle race takes about three weeks to complete in daily stages « étapes » of approximately 110 miles. The leading cyclist wears a yellow jersey, the « maillot jaune ». The route varies and is not usually confined only to France, but the race always ends on the Champs-Élysées in Paris.

* * *

I tuʀ
nom masculin

1) ( mouvement rotatif) gén turn; ( autour d'un axe) revolution

donner un tour de clé — to turn the key

faire un tour de manège — to have a go on the merry-go-round

faire un tour de valse — to waltz around the floor

faire un tour sur soi-même — [danseur] to spin around; [planète] to rotate

un (disque) 33/45/78 tours — an LP/a 45 ou single/a 78

fermer quelque chose à double tour — to double-lock something

à tour de bras — (colloq) [frapper] with a vengeance; [investir, racheter] left, right and centre [BrE] (colloq)

2) ( mouvement autour de)

faire le tour de quelque chose — gén to go around something; ( en voiture) to drive around something

faire le tour du monde — to go around the world

la nouvelle a vite fait le tour du village — the news spread rapidly through the village

tour de circuit — lap

3) ( pourtour) ( bords) edges (pl); ( circonférence) circumference; ( mensuration) measurement; ( mesure standard) size

de 15 mètres de tour — 15 metres [BrE] in circumference, 15 metres [BrE] around

tour de hanches — hip measurement

4) ( déplacement) ( à pied) walk, stroll; ( à bicyclette) ride; ( en voiture) drive, spin

faire un (petit) tour — ( à pied) to go for a walk ou stroll

je suis allé faire un tour à Paris/en ville — I went to Paris/into GB ou down US town

faire un tour chez des amis — to go over to some friends

faire des tours et des détours — lit [route, rivière] to twist and turn; fig [personne] to beat about the bush

5) ( examen) look

faire le tour d'un problème — to have a look at a problem

faire un (rapide) tour d'horizon — to have a quick overall look

faire le tour de ses ennemis — to go through one's enemies

on en a vite fait le tour — (colloq) pej there's not much to it/her/them etc

6) ( moment d'agir) gén turn; (de compétition, tournoi, coupe) round

à qui le tour? — whose turn is it?

il perd plus souvent qu'à son tour — ( il regrette) he loses more often than he would like; ( je critique) he loses more often than he should

tour à tour — ( alternativement) by turns; ( à la suite) in turn

7) ( consultation électorale)

tour de scrutin — ballot, round of voting

scrutin à deux tours — two-round ballot

8) (manœuvre, ruse) trick

jouer un tour à quelqu'un — to play a trick on somebody

et le tour est joué — ( c'est fait) that's done the trick; ( ce sera fait) that will do the trick

ça te jouera des tours — it's going to get you into trouble one of these days

tour d'adresse — feat of skill

tour de main — knack

en un tour de main — ( habilement) deftly; ( rapidement) in a flash

tour de force — feat; ( œuvre) tour de force

9) (allure, aspect) turn

tour (de phrase) — Linguistique turn of phrase

le tour qu'ont pris les événements — the turn events have taken

donner un tour nouveau à quelque chose — to give a new twist to something

10) Technologie ( machine-outil) lathe

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- tour de chant

- tour de potier

- tour de rein

II tuʀ
nom féminin

1) Architecture tower; ( immeuble) tower block GB, high rise US

2) ( aux échecs) rook, castle

3) ( machine de guerre) siege-tower

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- tour de forage

* * *

I tuʀ nf
1) (de château, d'église, gratte-ciel) tower

2) (= immeuble locatif) high-rise block Grande-Bretagne high-rise building USA tower block Grande-Bretagne

Il y a beaucoup de tours dans ce quartier. — There are a lot of tower blocks in this area.

3) ÉCHECS castle, rook

II tuʀ nm
1) (= excursion) (à pied) stroll, walk, (en voiture) drive, run, (à bicyclette) ride

faire un tour (à pied) — to go for a walk, (en voiture) to go for a drive

Allons faire un tour dans le parc. — Let's go for a walk in the park.

Tu veux aller faire un tour à vélo? — Do you want to go for a bike ride?

2) (parcours circulaire)

faire le tour de — to go around, (à pied) to walk around, (en voiture) to drive around, fig, [sujet] to review

Le tour de l'île prend trois heures. — It takes three hours to go around the island.

faire le tour du monde — to travel around the world

3) (en visitant chaque région)

faire un tour d'Europe — to tour Europe

On a fait un tour des Pyrénées. — We toured the Pyrénées.

4) SPORT (tour de piste) lap

5) (d'être servi ou de jouer) turn

c'est au tour de...; C'est au tour de Renée. — It's Renée's turn.

C'est ton tour de jouer. — It's your turn to play.

à tour de rôle; tour à tour — in turn

faire qch à tour de rôle — to take it in turns to do sth

6) (= tournure) turn

le tour des événements — the turn of events

7) (avec une vis ou clef) turn

tour de vis — turn of the screw

fermer à double tour — to double-lock the door

8) [roue] revolution

faire 2 tours — to turn twice, to revolve twice

9) (= circonférence)

de 3 m de tour — 3 m around, with a circumference of 3 m

tour de taille — waist measurement

tour de tête — head measurement

10) (= ruse) trick, [prestidigitation, cartes] trick

11) [potier] wheel, (à bois, métaux) lathe

12) (autre locution)

à tour de bras — non-stop, relentlessly

* * *

tour

A nm

1 ( mouvement rotatif) gén turn; Mécan, Mes revolution; 5 000 tours (par) minute 5,000 revolutions ou revs○ per minute; l'essieu grince à chaque tour de roue the axle squeaks at every turn of the wheel; donner un tour de vis to give the screw a turn; donner un tour de clé to turn the key; être à quelques tours de roue de to be just around the corner from; faire un tour de manège to have a go on the merry-go-round; faire un tour de valse to waltz around the floor; la Terre fait un tour sur elle-même en 24 heures the Earth rotates once in 24 hours; faire un tour sur soi-même [danseur] to spin around; un (disque) 33/45/78 tours an LP/a 45 ou single/a 78; fermer qch à double tour to double-lock sth; s'enfermer à double tour fig to lock oneself away; à tour de bras○ [frapper] with a vengeance; [investir, racheter] left right and centre^GB○; ⇒ quart;

2 ( mouvement autour de) faire le tour de qch gén to go around sth; ( en voiture) to drive around sth; le train fait le tour du lac en deux heures the train takes two hours to go around the lake; faire le tour du monde to go around the world; la nouvelle a vite fait le tour du village the news spread rapidly through the village; il a fait le tour de l'Afrique en stop he hitchhiked around Africa; faire le grand tour fig to go the long way round GB ou around US; en deuxième tour de circuit Sport on the second lap of the circuit; faire un tour d'honneur to do a lap of honour^GB; avec plusieurs tours de corde, ça tiendra with the rope wound around a few times, it'll hold; mettre trois tours de corde to wind the rope around three times; donner plusieurs tours à la pâte Culin to fold the dough several times; ⇒ cadran, propriétaire, repartir B, sang;

3 ⇒ Les mesures de longueur, Les tailles ( pourtour) ( bords) edges (pl); ( circonférence) circumference; ( mensuration) measurement; ( mesure standard) size; le tour de l'étang est couvert de jonquilles there are daffodils all around the edges of the pond; elle a le tour des yeux fardé au kohl she has kohl around her eyes; tronc de 15 mètres de tour trunk 15 metres^GB in circumference ou 15 metres around; tour de tête/cou/taille/hanches head/neck/waist/hip measurement; faire du 90 de tour de poitrine ≈ to have a 36-inch bust; ⇒ poitrine;

4 ( déplacement bref) ( à pied) walk, stroll; ( à bicyclette) ride; ( en voiture) drive, spin; faire un (petit) tour ( à pied) to go for a walk ou stroll; si nous allions faire un tour? shall we go for a walk?; je suis allé faire un tour à Paris/en ville I went to Paris/into GB ou down town; je vais faire un tour chez des amis I'm just going to pop round GB ou go over US to some friends; fais un tour à la nouvelle exposition, ça vaut le coup go and have a look round GB ou around US the new exhibition, it's worth it; faire des tours et des détours lit [route, rivière] to twist and turn; fig [personne] to beat about the bush;

5 ( examen bref) look; faire le tour d'un problème/sujet to have a look at a problem/subject; faire un (rapide) tour d'horizon to have a quick overall look (de at), to make a general survey (de of); faire le tour de ses ennemis/relations to go through one's enemies/acquaintances; on en a vite fait le tour○ pej (de problème, sujet, d'ouvrage) there's not much to it; ( de personne) there's not much to him/her/them etc;

6 ( moment d'agir) gén turn; (de compétition, tournoi, coupe) round; à qui le tour? whose turn is it?; c'est ton tour it's your turn; chacun son tour each one in his turn; jouer avant son tour to play out of turn; à mon tour de faire it's my turn to do; récompensé à mon tour rewarded in my turn; attendre/passer son tour to wait/miss one's turn; c'est au tour de qn it 's sb's turn; notre équipe a été battue au second tour our team was defeated in the second round; la cuisine est nettoyée, maintenant c'est au tour du salon the kitchen is cleaned up, now for the living-room; il perd plus souvent qu'à son tour ( il regrette) he loses more often than he would like; ( je critique) he loses more often than he should; tour à tour ( alternativement) by turns; ( à la suite) in turn; être tour à tour gentil et agressif to be nice and agressive by turns; il a été tour à tour patron d'entreprise, ministre et professeur d'économie he has been in turn a company boss, a minister and an economics teacher; ⇒ rôle;

7 Pol ( consultation) ballot; les résultats du premier/second tour the results of the first/second ballot; au second tour on the second ballot; scrutin à deux tours two-round ballot; tour de scrutin ballot, round of voting;

8 (manœuvre, ruse) trick; jouer un bon/mauvais/sale tour à qn to play a good/nasty/dirty trick on sb; ma mémoire me joue des tours my memory is playing tricks on me; et le tour est joué that's done the trick; un peu de peinture et le tour est joué a bit of paint will do the trick; ça te jouera des tours it's going to get you into trouble one of these days; ⇒ pendable, sac;

9 ( manipulation habile) trick; tour de cartes card trick; tour de prestidigitation conjuring trick; tour d'adresse feat of skill; tour de main knack; en un tour de main ( habilement) deftly; ( rapidement) in a flash; tour de force gén amazing feat; ( performance) tour de force; constituer un tour de force to be an amazing feat; réussir le tour de force de faire to achieve the amazing feat of doing; ⇒ passe-passe;

10 (allure, aspect) (de situation, relations) turn; (de création, mode) twist; tour (de phrase) Ling turn of phrase; le tour qu'ont pris les événements the turn events have taken; donner un tour nouveau à qch to give a new twist to sth; c'est un tour assez rare en français it's a somewhat unusual turn of phrase in French;

11 Tech ( machine-outil) lathe; fait au tour† [jambe, corps] shapely.

B nf

1 Archit tower; ( immeuble) tower block GB, high rise US;

2 Jeux ( d'échecs) rook, castle;

3 Hist Mil ( machine de guerre) siege-tower.

Composés

tour de Babel Relig, Ling, fig Tower of Babel; tour de chant Art, Mus song recital; tour de contrôle Aviat control tower; tour Eiffel Eiffel Tower; tour de forage Tech derrick; tour de France ( de cycliste) Tour de France; ( de compagnon) journeyman's travelling^GB apprenticeship; tour de garde Mil turn of duty; tour de guet Mil watchtower; tour d'ivoire fig ivory tower; s'enfermer or se retrancher dans sa tour d'ivoire to shut oneself away in an ivory tower; tour de Londres Tower of London; tour mort Naut round turn; tour de Pise Leaning Tower of Pisa; tour de potier Art potter's wheel; tour de refroidissement Nucl cooling tower; tour de rein(s) Méd back strain; se donner or attraper un tour de rein(s) to strain one's back; tour de table Fin pool; faire un tour de table ( à un réunion) to sound out everybody ou to go round GB ou around US the table; après un rapide tour de table having gone round GB ou around US the table quickly (to see what people think).

I

[tur] nom féminin

1. ARCHITECTURE & CONSTRUCTION tower

la tour de Babel BIBLE the Tower of Babel

tour de bureaux office (tower) block

tour de contrôle AÉRONAUTIQUE control tower

la tour Eiffel the Eiffel tower

tour de guet observation tower

tour d'habitation tower ou high-rise block

tour d'ivoire (figuré) ivory tower

la tour de Londres the Tower of London

la tour (penchée) de Pise the Leaning Tower of Pisa

immeuble tour tower block

2. (familier) [personne grande et corpulente]

c'est une vraie tour he's/she's built like the side of a house

3. JEUX castle, rook

4. CHIMIE

tour de fractionnement fractionating column

5. INDUSTRIE DU PÉTROLE

tour de forage drilling rig

II

[tur] nom masculin

A.[CERCLE]

1. [circonférence - d'un fût, d'un arbre] girth ; [ - d'un objet, d'une étendue] circumference

2. [mensuration]

tour de taille/hanches waist/hip measurement

prends ton tour de taille measure (round) your waist

quel est votre tour de taille/hanches? what size waist/hips are you?

tour de cou collar size

il fait (un) 42 de tour de cou he takes a size 42 collar

tour de poitrine

a. [d'une femme] bust measurement ou size

b. [d'un homme] chest measurement ou size

tour de tête hat size

3. [parure]

tour de cou

a. JOAILLERIE choker

b. [vêtement en fourrure] fur collar

tour de lit (bed) valance

4. [circuit] tour, circuit

j'ai fait le grand tour pour venir ici I came here the long way round

faire le tour de (sens propre) : faire le tour d'un parc

a. to go round a park

b. [à pied] to walk round a park

c. [en voiture] to drive round a park

faire le tour du monde to go round the world

faire le tour du monde en auto-stop/voilier to hitch-hike/to sail round the world

faire le tour de (figuré) : l'anecdote a fait le tour des bureaux the story went round the offices ou did the rounds of the offices

faire le tour d'une question to consider a problem from all angles

j'ai fait le tour de toutes les options I've explored all the possibilities

je sais ce qu'il vaut, j'en ai vite fait le tour I know what he's worth, it didn't take me long to size him up

tour de circuit lap

le Tour de France

a. [cycliste] the Tour de France

b. [des compagnons] the Tour de France (carried out by an apprentice to become a journeyman)

tour d'honneur lap of honour

tour de piste

a. SPORT [athlétisme] lap

b. ÉQUITATION round

faire un tour de piste sans faute ÉQUITATION to have a clear round

le tour du propriétaire: on a fait le tour du propriétaire we went ou looked round the property

fais-moi faire le tour du propriétaire show me round your property

j'ai fait le tour du cadran (familier) I slept round the clock

faire un tour d'horizon to deal with all aspects of a problem

5. [promenade - à pied] walk, stroll ; [ - en voiture] drive, ride ; [ - à bicyclette, à cheval, en hélicoptère] ride

[court voyage] trip, outing (substantif non comptable)

faire un tour

a. [à pied] to go for a walk

b. [en voiture] to go for a drive ou ride

c. [à vélo] to go for a ride

faire un tour en ville to go into town

nous irons faire un tour dans les Pyrénées we'll go for a trip in the Pyrenees

B.[PÉRIODE, ÉTAPE]

1. [moment dans une succession] turn

JEUX [généralement] turn, go

[aux échecs] move

c'est (à) ton tour

a. [généralement] it's your turn ou go

b. [échecs] it's your move

à qui le tour whose turn is it?, who's next?

chacun son tour everyone will have his turn

laisser passer son tour to miss one's turn

attendre son tour to wait one's turn

c'est à ton tour de mettre la table it's your turn to lay ou to set the table

tu parleras à ton tour you'll have your chance to say something

nous veillons chacun à notre tour we take turns to be on watch

tour de garde [d'un médecin] spell ou turn of duty

tour de scrutin ballot

au premier tour in the first ballot ou round

2. SPORT [série de matches] round

le second tour de la coupe d'Europe the second round of the European Cup

C.[ACTION HABILE OU MALICIEUSE]

1. [stratagème] trick

elle prépare un mauvais tour she's up to some mischief

jouer un tour à quelqu'un to play a trick on somebody

jouer un sale ou mauvais tour à quelqu'un to play a nasty ou dirty trick on somebody

ça vous jouera un mauvais ou vilain tour you'll be sorry for it!, it'll catch up with you (one day)!

ma mémoire/vue me joue des tours my memory/sight is playing tricks on me

et le tour est joué! and there you have it!

avoir plus d'un tour dans son sac to have more than one trick up one's sleeve

2. [numéro, technique]

tour d'adresse skilful trick, feat of skill

tour de cartes card trick

tour de passe-passe sleight of hand

D.[ASPECT]

1. [orientation] turn

cette affaire prend un très mauvais tour this business is going very wrong

la discussion prend un très mauvais tour the discussion is taking a nasty turn

tour d'esprit turn ou cast of mind

donner le tour

a. (Suisse) [maladie] to take a turn for the better

b. [personne] to wrap up

2. LINGUISTIQUE [expression] expression, phrase

[en syntaxe] construction

un tour de phrase maladroit an awkward turn of phrase

E.[ROTATION]

1. [d'une roue, d'un cylindre] turn, revolution

[d'un outil] turn

ASTRONOMIE revolution

faire un tour/trois tour s sur soi-même to spin round once/three times (on oneself)

il n'y a qu'un tour de clef the key's only been turned once

donner deux tours de clef to give a key two turns, to turn a key twice

n'oublie pas de donner un tour de clef (à la porte) don't forget to lock the door

tour de manège ride on a roundabout (UK) ou a merry-go-round

tour de vis (turn of the) screw

2. AUTOMOBILE revolution, rev

3. MÉDECINE

tour de reins: attraper ou se donner un tour de reins to put one's back out, to rick one's back

F.technologie lathe

tour de potier potter's wheel

fait au tour (figuré) beautifully made

————————

à tour de bras locution adverbiale

[frapper] with all one's strength ou might

————————

à tour de rôle locution adverbiale

in turn

on peut le faire à tour de rôle si tu veux we can take (it in) turns if you like

tour à tour locution adverbiale

alternately, by turns

————————

tour de chant nom masculin

(song) recital

————————

tour de force nom masculin

tour de force, (amazing) feat

il a réussi le tour de force de la convaincre he managed to convince her, and it was quite a tour de force ou quite an achievement

————————

tour de main nom masculin

1. [savoir-faire] knack

avoir/prendre le tour de main to have/to pick up the knack

c'est un tour (de main) à prendre it's just a knack one has to pick up

2. (locution)

en un tour de main in no time (at all), in the twinkling of an eye

————————

tour de table nom masculin

1. ÉCONOMIE a meeting of shareholders or investors to decide a course of action

2. [débat]

faisons un tour de table I'd like each of you in turn to give his or her comments

réunir un tour de table to organize a brainstorming session

TOUR DE FRANCE

The world-famous annual cycle race starts in a different town each year, but the home stretch is always the Champs-Élysées in Paris. The widespread excitement caused by the race, along with the heroic status of many coureurs-cyclistes, reflects the continuing fondness of the French towards cycling in general.

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tour

74 m|ieć

impf (mam, masz) Ⅰ vt 1. (posiadać) (na własność) to have (got), to own [dom, samochód, mikrofalówkę]; (do dyspozycji) to have (got); (prowadzić) to run [firmę, warsztat]
- mają dom na wsi they have a. own a house in the country

- miał po ojcu warsztat samochodowy he had a. owned a garage left to him by his father

- nasze muzeum ma dużą kolekcję impresjonistów our museum has (got) a large collection of Impressionist paintings

- mam dla ciebie prezent/tę książkę o kotach I’ve got a present/that book about cats for you

- miał wszystkiego dwie pary butów he only had two pairs of shoes

- ubrała się w to, co miała she put on what she had

- nie mam psa I don’t have a. I haven’t got a dog

- nie mamy ani telewizora, ani pralki we have neither a TV nor a washing machine

- wydawnictwo nie ma funduszy na zatrudnienie specjalisty the publishers can’t afford to employ a specialist

- nie mam nic do jedzenia I’ve got nothing to eat, I don’t have anything to eat

- czy oni mają namiot? have they got a tent?, do they have a tent?

- masz scyzoryk? have you got a penknife?

- czy ma pan bagaż? have you got any luggage?

- czy macie gaz? have you got gas?

- mieć coś przy sobie to have sth on one

- masz przy sobie jakieś drobne? have you got any change on you?

- gdzie masz klucze/moją książkę? what have you done with the keys/my book?

- gdzie masz rower? where’s your bike? pot.

- mieć na coś to have money for sth

- miałem tylko na jedno piwo I only had for one beer

- (on) ma na przyjemności, a nie ma na lekarza he has money to spend on pleasures, but he can’t afford a doctor

- nie miał na nowe buty, a co dopiero na samochód he couldn’t afford a pair of new shoes, let alone a car

- mieć za co coś zrobić to have enough money to do sth, to be able to afford to do sth

- nie mieli za co wyjechać na wakacje they didn’t have enough to go on holiday, they couldn’t afford to go on holiday

- nie mają z czego żyć they don’t have enough to live on

- jak masz na imię? what’s your name?

- mam na imię Maria my name’s Maria

- (on) ma na nazwisko Nowak his (sur)name is Nowak

- mieć coś na sobie to have sth on, to be wearing sth

- miał (na sobie) granatowy garnitur he had a blue suit on, he was wearing a blue suit

- na głowie miała kapelusz, na szyi biały szalik she had a hat on her head and a white scarf round her neck

- nie mieć nic na sobie (być gołym) to have nothing on

- mieć kogoś u siebie (gościć) to have sb staying with one

- od tygodnia mamy u siebie teściów we’ve had my in-laws (staying) with us for the past week

- jeśli Legia wygra, mam u ciebie piwo! you owe me a beer if Legia win(s)

- masz!/macie! (weź/weźcie) here!

- macie kanapki, jedzcie! here’s the sandwiches, eat up! pot.

- masz, włóż to na siebie! here, put this on!

- (a) masz! (zadając razy) take that!

- (a) masz za to, że kłamiesz, a masz, a masz! (and) take that for lying! and that! and that! pot.

- masz za swoje! (dobrze ci tak) serves you right!

- ma za swoje, że jest taki naiwny it serves him right for being so naive

- mamy teraz za swoje dobre serce! that’s the thanks we get for being nice a. for all our kindness!

- masz ci (los) a. masz tobie! blast (it)! pot., damn (it)! pot.

- masz ci los, zapomniałam parasola! blast, I’ve forgotten my umbrella!

- masz go/ją/ich! (wyrażające zaskoczenie) just look at him/her/them!

- masz go, jaki mądrala! look at him, Mr Clever Dick! GB pot.
2. (liczyć sobie) to be
- mieć dwadzieścia lat to be twenty (years old)

- ile ona ma lat? how old is she?

- mieć dwa metry wzrostu/wysokości to be two metres tall/high

- mieć sześć metrów głębokości/szerokości/długości to be six metres deep/wide/long

- pokój ma sześć metrów na pięć the room is six by five metres

- dom będzie miał siedem pięter the house will be seven storeys high a. will have seven storeys

- kilometr ma tysiąc metrów one kilometre is a thousand metres
3. (posiadać jako cechę) to have (got)
- pokój ma dwa okna the room has two windows

- miał niebieskie oczy/siwe włosy he had blue eyes/grey hair

- miała dziurawe buty she had holes in her shoes

- kubek ma wyszczerbiony brzeg the mug’s rim is chipped

- miała męża Włocha/inżyniera her husband was Italian/an engineer

- mieć talent/cierpliwość/odwagę to have talent/patience/courage

- nie mieć talentu/cierpliwości/odwagi to lack talent/patience/courage

- mieć takt/rozsądek to be tactful/sensible

- mieć (swoje) wady i zalety to have one’s good and bad points

- zasłony mają kolor wiśni the curtains are cherry red in colour

- działka ma kształt prostokąta a. prostokątny the allotment is rectangular (in shape)

- jej perfumy miały słodkawy zapach/zapach konwalii her scent was sweet smelling/smelled of lily of the valley

- urodę miała po matce, a talent po ojcu her looks came from her mother and her talent from her father

- za całe umeblowanie pokój miał zdezelowany stół the only piece of furniture in the room was a rickety table

- mieć w sobie coś (być interesującym) to have a certain something

- on ma w sobie coś z dziecka/roztargnionego profesora there is something of the child/the absent-minded professor in a. about him

- nie mieć nic do czegoś to have nothing to do with sth

- jej wyjazd nie ma nic do naszych planów her going away has nothing to do with our plans

- marzenia mają to do siebie, że rzadko się spełniają the thing about dreams is that they rarely come true

- miała to do siebie, że zawsze się spóźniała the thing about her was that she was always late
4. (o stanie fizycznym i psychicznym) to have [grypę, gruźlicę, trudności]; to feel [ochotę, żal]; to have, to bear [urazę]
- mieć gorączkę a. temperaturę to have a. be running a temperature

- mieć 39° gorączki to have a temperature of 39 degrees

- mieć złamaną nogę to have a broken leg

- mieć częste bóle głowy to have frequent headaches

- mieć pragnienie to be thirsty

- mieć dobry apetyt to have a good a. hearty appetite

- mieć wadę a. defekt to have a defect

- mieć gumę pot. (w samochodzie) to have a flat pot.

- mam nadzieję, że… I hope that…

- mieć ochotę coś zrobić to feel like doing sth

- miała ochotę płakać she felt like crying

- mieć przekonanie/pewność, że… to be convinced/sure a. certain that…

- mieć kogoś/czegoś dość a. dosyć to have had enough of sb/sth, to be fed up with sb/sth

- mam tego powyżej uszu a. po dziurki w nosie! pot. I’ve had it up to here! pot.

- mieć coś wypisane w oczach a. na czole a. na twarzy to have sth written all over one’s face

- miała winę wypisaną na twarzy she had guilt written all over her face
5. (o relacjach między ludźmi) to have [syna, córkę, przyjaciół, wrogów]
- to dziecko nie ma matki/ojca this boy/girl has no mother/father

- ona nie ma rodzeństwa she has no brothers or sisters

- ona będzie miała dziecko she’s going to have a. she’s expecting a baby

- miała z nim dwóch synów she had two sons by him

- miał za żonę piekielnicę his wife was a real she-devil a. spitfire

- nie miał do kogo zwrócić się o pomoc he had no-one to turn to for help

- mieć kogoś przy sobie a. obok siebie a. przy boku to have sb at one’s side

- mieć kogoś/coś na uwadze a. na względzie to have sb/sth in mind, to take sb/sth into consideration

- mieć z kimś porachunki to have a bone to pick with sb

- mieć kogoś/coś przeciwko sobie to have sb/sth against one

- miał przeciwko sobie opinię publiczną public opinion was against him

- mieć przyjemność/zaszczyt coś zrobić książk. to have the pleasure/honour to do a. of doing sth

- miałem zaszczyt poznać pańskich rodziców I had the honour of meeting your parents

- mam przyjemność przedstawić państwu naszego gościa I have the pleasure of introducing our guest

- z kim mam przyjemność? książk. to whom do I have the honour of speaking? książk., także iron.

- mieć coś/nie mieć nic przeciwko komuś/czemuś to have something/nothing against sb/sth

- mieć coś do kogoś pot. to have something against sb

- do ciebie nic nie mam I’ve got nothing against you

- mieć coś na kogoś to have the goods a. the dope on sb pot.

- niczego na mnie nie mają they’ve got nothing on me pot.

- mam z nią do pomówienia a. pogadania I need to have a (serious) talk with her

- mieć kogoś nad sobą to have sb above one

- kierownik ma nad sobą dyrektora, a dyrektor – zarząd the manager answers to the director and the director answers to the board

- mieć kogoś pod sobą to be in charge of sb

- (ona) ma pod sobą dwudziestu pracowników she’s in charge of a staff of twenty

- kapral miał pod sobą dziesięciu żołnierzy the corporal had ten men under his command a. under him

- mieć kogoś za sobą (być popieranym) to have sb behind one, to have sb’s backing

- mieli za sobą większość the majority was a. were behind them, they had the majority behind them

- mieć kogoś za głupca to take sb for a fool

- ich zachowanie mam za nieco naiwne I consider their behaviour rather naive

- za kogo pan mnie ma! who do you take me for!, who do you think I am!

- mieć w kimś rywala/sojusznika to have a rival/an ally in sb

- mieć kogoś pot. (być związanym z kimś) to have somebody, to be involved with somebody

- chwalił się, że miał je wszystkie pot. (odbył stosunek) he boasted of having had them all pot.

- płacą tak dużo, że mogą mieć każdego they pay so much they can take on a. hire anyone they like
6. (znajdować się w jakiejś sytuacji) to have (got) [długi, posadę, połączenie]
- mam dobrą komunikację do pracy I’ve got good connections to work

- centrum miasta ma dobrą komunikację z przedmieściami there are good connections from the city centre to the suburbs

- mieć słuszność a. rację to be right

- mieć ciepło/przytulnie to be warm/cosy

- owinęła dziecko szalem, żeby miało ciepło she put a scarf round the baby to keep him/her warm

- mam daleko/blisko do szkoły I have a long way/I don’t have far to go to school

- ty to masz dobrze, nie musisz wstawać o siódmej it’s alright for you, you don’t have to get up at seven (a.m.)

- mieliśmy tu wczoraj burzę/śnieżycę we had a storm/snowstorm here yesterday

- mamy dziś słoneczną pogodę it’s sunny today

- mam dziś kiepski dzień I’m having one of those days (today)

- kłopotów z nim miałam co niemiara I’ve had no end of trouble with him

- co ja z tobą mam? what am I to do with you?

- jest całkiem młoda, chciałaby jeszcze mieć coś z życia she’s still very young, she’d like to get something out of life pot.

- (on) haruje od świtu do nocy i co z tego ma? he slaves away from morning to night, and what does he have to show for it?

- miał przed sobą kilka godzin marszu he had several hours of walking ahead of a. in front of him

- miała przed sobą trudną rozmowę z szefem she had a difficult conversation with the boss ahead of her

- mieć przed sobą przyszłość to have a (bright) future ahead of a. before one

- miał przed sobą karierę he had a brilliant career ahead of a. in front of him

- mieć coś za a. poza sobą to have sth behind one

- ma za sobą trzyletnie doświadczenie he has three years’ experience behind him

- mam już to wszystko za sobą all that is behind me now

- mam co robić, nie nudzę się I’ve got things to do, I don’t sit around

- nie mieć gdzie mieszkać/spać to have nowhere to live/sleep

- nie mam gdzie przenocować I have nowhere to spend the night

- nie mieć kiedy spać/jeść/odpocząć to not have time to sleep/eat/relax

- nie mają kiedy w ścianach wiercić, tylko w niedzielę! of course, they have to drill holes in the wall on a Sunday!

- mieć czas to have time (coś zrobić to do sth)

- nie miałem czasu zająć się twoją sprawą I didn’t have time to deal with your problem

- na napisanie wypracowania macie godzinę you have an hour to write the essay

- nie miałeś mi tu kogo przyprowadzić!? why did you have to bring him/her/them here (of all people)?!

- mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia (dużo/mało wiedzieć) to have something/nothing to say (na temat kogoś/czegoś about sb/sth)

- mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia a. gadania pot. (o decydującym głosie) to have a say/no say

- ona nie ma w tej sprawie nic do powiedzenia a. gadania she has no say in the matter

- nie mamy już sobie nic więcej do powiedzenia we’ve got nothing more to say to each other

- mieć zły/dobry czas Sport to have a poor/good a. fast time

- mieć pierwsze/dziesiąte miejsce Sport to come first/tenth, to be in first/tenth place

- mam z nią wielką wygodę, sprząta, robi mi zakupy she’s a great help to me: she cleans and does my shopping

- nie masz co narzekać you’ve got nothing to complain about

- nie masz co się denerwować there’s no reason (for you) to get upset

- nie masz czego a. co żałować, film był kiepski you didn’t miss much: the film was hopeless

- w domu nie masz co się pokazywać you’d better not show your face at home pot.
7. (brać udział) to have [zebranie, koncert, egzamin, próbę]
- (on) ma teraz naradę ze swym zastępcą he’s in conference at the moment with his deputy

- mieć sprawę a. proces to be on trial (o coś/o zrobienie czegoś for sth/for doing sth)

- ma sprawę a. proces o zabójstwo/spowodowanie wypadku samochodowego he’s on trial for murder/causing a car accident
8. (ukończyć etap nauki) to have, to hold [dyplom, tytuł]
- mieć studia a. wyższe wykształcenie to have completed higher education

- mój ojciec miał tylko cztery klasy my father only did four years at school

- miał już zawód i mógł rozpocząć samodzielne życie he’d completed his training and could now start his own life

- miał dwa fakultety he had graduated in two subjects
9. (znaleźć się w określonym miejscu lub czasie) wreszcie mamy stację here’s the station at last
- mamy drugi tydzień zimy it’s the second week of winter

- którego dziś mamy? what’s the date today?

- mamy dziś pierwszy stycznia/poniedziałek it’s January the 1st/Monday today

- którą masz godzinę? what time do you make it? pot.; what’s the time by your watch?

- mieć kogoś/coś po prawej/lewej stronie to have sb/sth on one’s right/left

- miał przed/za sobą dwóch strażników he had a. there were two guards in front of him/behind him
Ⅱ v aux. 1. (dla wyrażenia powinności) macie teraz spać you’re to a. you have to (get off to) sleep now
- masz to zrobić natychmiast! you’re to do it right now!

- co mam zrobić/jej powiedzieć? what am I (supposed) to do/tell her?

- po co się mam wysilać? why should I bother?, why should I make the effort?

- masz tego nikomu nie powtarzać! (and) don’t go repeating a. telling it to anyone!

- i ja mam w to uwierzyć? and you/they want me to a. I’m supposed to believe that?

- mieć coś do zrobienia to have sth to do

- ma obowiązek do spełnienia s/he has a duty to perform

- mam sprawę do załatwienia I’ve got something to sort out

- mamy zaległości do odrobienia we’ve got a backlog of work to catch up on
2. (zamiar, przewidywanie) (ona) ma przyjść o drugiej she’s expected (to come) at two
- miano zburzyć ich dom their house was to be demolished

- samolot miał wylądować w Warszawie, ale… the plane was supposed to land a. have landed in Warsaw, but…

- podobno jutro ma być ładna pogoda it’s supposed to be good a. nice weather tomorrow

- w pozostałej części kraju ma nadal padać in the rest of the country continuing rain is expected

- miała umrzeć w nędzy w wieku czterdziestu lat she was to die in poverty at the age of forty

- przyszłość miała pokazać, że się myli subsequent events were to prove him/her wrong

- jak się miało okazać as things a. it turned out; as it transpired książk.

- i co ja mam z tobą zrobić? what am I (supposed) to do with you?

- jeśli mielibyśmy się nie zobaczyć przed twoim wyjazdem, baw się dobrze in case we don’t see each other before you leave, have a good time

- niech się stanie, co się ma stać let things happen as they will

- właśnie miałem wyjść, kiedy zadzwonił telefon I was just about to leave a. just on the point of leaving when the phone rang

- właśnie miałam powiedzieć to samo I was just about to a. just going to say the same thing

- czy mam przez to rozumieć, że… am I to understand (by that) that…

- mieć coś do sprzedania/zaproponowania to have sth to sell/propose

- choćby a. żeby nie wiem co się miało stać, (to)… no matter what happens a. might happen…

- choćbym a. żebym miał pęknąć a. trupem paść pot. even if it kills me pot.
3. (rezultat) mieć coś zrobione to have sth done
- mam już napisaną pracę I’ve already written the essay

- miał ukończone wyższe studia he had been to university/college

- czy macie załatwione bilety? have you booked/got the tickets?

- pieniądze mam dobrze schowane I’ve put the money in a safe place

- mam obiecaną podwyżkę I’ve been promised a rise

- miał przykazane trzymać język za zębami he was a. he’d been told to keep his mouth shut pot.
4. (zdziwienie, rozczarowanie) ja miałbym to powiedzieć? I said that?!
- ona miałaby mi się podobać? you think I find her attractive?

- miałbyś sumienie to zrobić? could you do (something like) that (with a clear conscience)?

- to ma być hotel czterogwiazdkowy? (z dezaprobatą) and you/they call this a. this is supposed to be a four-star hotel?!

- ten grubas to miałbym być ja!? (z niedowierzaniem) is this/that fatso really me? pot.

- pokazał nam skórę tygrysa, którego miał upolować w Afryce (z powątpiewaniem) he showed us the skin of a tiger, which he is supposed to have killed in Africa
Ⅲ mieć się 1. (być w stanie, położeniu) to be; (czuć się) to feel, to be
- ciotka wyzdrowiała i ma się dobrze auntie has recovered and is doing well

- jak się mają twoi rodzice? how are your parents?

- jak się masz! (powitanie) how are you?; how’s it going? pot.

- mam się dzisiaj lepiej I feel better today

- sprawy mają się nieźle things are working out (quite) well

- jak się rzeczy mają? how do things stand?

- rzecz ma się tak, że… the thing is that…

- jak te dwie wersje mają się do siebie? how do the two versions compare?

- jak to się ma jedno do drugiego? how do the two compare?

- teoria nijak się miała do praktyki the theory was (completely) divorced from practice

- A tak się ma do B, jak C do D a. A i B tak się mają do siebie, jak C i D A is to B like C is to D

- mieli się do siebie jak dzień do nocy they were like chalk and cheese
2. (uważać się za) to think a. consider oneself
- mieć się za artystę/człowieka honoru to consider oneself (to be) an artist/a man of honour

- (on) ma się za Bóg wie co pot. he thinks he’s God (almighty) pot.

- miała się za bliską śmierci she thought she was about to a. going to die
3. (być bliskim) mieć się ku końcowi to be drawing to a close a. an end
- miało się a. dzień miał się ku zachodowi it was getting towards sunset

- sytuacja ma się ku lepszemu the situation is looking better

- ma się na deszcz it looks like rain

- miało się na burzę a storm was brewing, there was thunder in the air

- wiedzieć, jak się rzeczy mają to know how things stand a. are
Ⅳ ma Fin. (zapis księgowy) credit
- winien i ma debit and credit

- zapisać coś po stronie „ma” to enter sth on the credit side
Ⅴ mam! inter. (przypomniałem sobie) I’ve got it!
- (już) mam! mieszkaliśmy na tej samej ulicy! I’ve got it! we used to live in the same street!

- mam cię! a. tu cię mam! (złapałem cię, przyłapałem cię) I’ve got you!; got you! pot.

- mam cię, już mi nie uciekniesz! got you, you won’t get away now!
Ⅵ nie ma być
■ ma się rozumieć a. wiedzieć! it a. that goes without saying!

- ma się rozumieć, że przyjdę of course I’ll come

- mieć głowę a. łebpot. (na karku a. nie od parady) to have a good head on one’s shoulders

- on to ma łeb! he’s no fool!

- mieć głowę do interesów to have a good head for business

- nie mam teraz do tego głowy I don’t want to think about it/that now

- mieć kogoś/coś w nosiepot. a. gdzieśeuf. a. w głębokim poważaniueuf. to not care a damn about sb/sth pot.; to not give a monkey’s about sb/sth pot., euf.

- mam to wszystko gdzieś! pot. to hell with it all! pot.

- mieć kogoś/coś w dupie wulg. to not give a shit a. toss GB about sb/sth wulg.

- sie masz! pot. (powitanie) hi! pot.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > m|ieć

75 и

conj.

1. интонация влияет на значение

И она ушла. – She also left. (i.e. Some people left, and so did she.)
И она ушла. – And after that she left.
2. когда союз и усиливает действие, требуется объяснительно-описательная конструкция.

И куда мы только не обращались! – We must have tried everyone/everything/left no stone unturned!
Не знаю, что и думать! – What am I supposed to think of this!/I’m at a loss!/what is this supposed to mean?
3. и вместе с отрицательной частицей «не»

even

Не прошло и года со дня нашей последней встречи. – Less than a year/not even a year has passed since our last meeting.
Он и не улыбнулся. – He didn’t even smile.
4. also, too, as well

Мы предложили и другой вариант. – We also made another proposal/We proposed another version as well.
Такой мир может быть создан и на Ближнем Востоке. – Such (a) peace can be established in the Middle East, too/as well. Хотелось бы надеяться, что и другая сторона садится за стол переговоров со столь же искренними намерениями. – We hope that the other side as well/too is coming to the negotiation table with equally sincere intentions.
5. both… and… (в конструкции «и… и…»)Однако, если синхронист не может догадаться, будет ли второе «и», лучше опустить первое «и» и вставить as well или also после второго «и».

Наша страна добивалась запрещения ядерного оружия и тогда, когда не располагала им, и после того, как создала это оружие. – Our country was working for/favored/was trying to achieve a ban on nuclear weapons (both) when we did not possess them and also/later/as well when we had manufactured/produced/when did have these weapons.
*** Мы и (здесь «и» подчеркивает продолжительность действия) теперь выступаем за незамедлительное принятие мер по сокращению, а в конечном счете – полной ликвидации ядерного оружия. – We (now) are continuing/continue to back/favor/press for the immediate adoption of measures to reduce («сокращение» переведено глаголом, что звучит идиоматичнее) and ultimately fully eliminate nuclear weapons.
Или:

Our country still (still заменяет «и теперь»)favors the immediate adoption…We are still backing the immediate adoption…

6. «и» в формальных заявлениях, чтобы подчеркнуть продолжение действия

Очевидно, что наша организация должна и дальше заниматься этим вопросом. – It is clear that our organization must continue to deal with this question.

7. nor для перевода конструкции «не… и»

Администрация США не откликнулась и на предложение о моратории на любые ядерные взрывы. – Nor did the US Administration respond/react to the proposal for a moratorium on all nuclear explosions.

Или (как компенсация пропущенного «и»):

The US Administration did not respond/has not responded moreover/in addition to the proposal…

Нельзя не остановиться и на той негативной роли, которую военно-морской флот играет во внешней политике определенных государств. – Nor can we fail to dwell on/ignore the negative role played by naval forces in the foreign policies of some states.

Или (как компенсация пропущенного «и»):

We cannot fail to dwell as well/in addition/moreover on the negative role…

8. использование «и», чтобы отделить подлежащее от сказуемого и таким образом ослабить силу глагола

Изумляла и удивительная выносливость Льва Николаевича. – Lev Nikolaevich had extraordinary stamina.

9. отсутствие «и» в русском перечислении требует and между последней парой однородных членов при переводе.

Все устали, обозлились. – Everyone was tired and cross/angry.
Он орал, кричал. – He was screaming and shouting. Сушеная вишня была мягкая, сочная, сладкая, душистая. – The dried cherries were soft, juicy, sweet and fragrant.
Тж. часто в формальных заявлениях:

Мы считаем, что осуществление мер доверия применительно к этому региону имело бы большое политическое значение, содействовало бы предотвращению конфликтных ситуаций, укреплению безопасности морских коммуникаций в этом районе. –
We believe that the implementation of confidence-building measures concerning this region would be of great political significance, promote the prevention of conflict situations, and strengthen the security of naval communications in the region. Такому урегулированию помогла бы глубокая перестройка международных экономических отношений, прекращение гонки вооружений. – Such a settlement would be advanced/promoted/assisted by an intensive/in-depth/fundamental (not deep!) restructuring of international economic relations and by the cessation/halting of the arms race. ***
Если переводчик вовремя не осознал, что серия закончилась, можно вставить and other things, and other items, and other goals, et cetera.

Словарь переводчика-синхрониста (русско-английский) > и

76 и

conj.

1. интонация влияет на значение

И она ушла. – She also left. (i.e. Some people left, and so did she.)
И она ушла. – And after that she left.
2. когда союз и усиливает действие, требуется объяснительно-описательная конструкция.

И куда мы только не обращались! – We must have tried everyone/everything/left no stone unturned!
Не знаю, что и думать! – What am I supposed to think of this!/I’m at a loss!/what is this supposed to mean?
3. и вместе с отрицательной частицей «не»

even

Не прошло и года со дня нашей последней встречи. – Less than a year/not even a year has passed since our last meeting.
Он и не улыбнулся. – He didn’t even smile.
4. also, too, as well

Мы предложили и другой вариант. – We also made another proposal/We proposed another version as well.
Такой мир может быть создан и на Ближнем Востоке. – Such (a) peace can be established in the Middle East, too/as well. Хотелось бы надеяться, что и другая сторона садится за стол переговоров со столь же искренними намерениями. – We hope that the other side as well/too is coming to the negotiation table with equally sincere intentions.
5. both… and… (в конструкции «и… и…»)Однако, если синхронист не может догадаться, будет ли второе «и», лучше опустить первое «и» и вставить as well или also после второго «и».

Наша страна добивалась запрещения ядерного оружия и тогда, когда не располагала им, и после того, как создала это оружие. – Our country was working for/favored/was trying to achieve a ban on nuclear weapons (both) when we did not possess them and also/later/as well when we had manufactured/produced/when did have these weapons.
*** Мы и (здесь «и» подчеркивает продолжительность действия) теперь выступаем за незамедлительное принятие мер по сокращению, а в конечном счете – полной ликвидации ядерного оружия. – We (now) are continuing/continue to back/favor/press for the immediate adoption of measures to reduce («сокращение» переведено глаголом, что звучит идиоматичнее) and ultimately fully eliminate nuclear weapons.
Или:

Our country still (still заменяет «и теперь»)favors the immediate adoption…We are still backing the immediate adoption…

6. «и» в формальных заявлениях, чтобы подчеркнуть продолжение действия

Очевидно, что наша организация должна и дальше заниматься этим вопросом. – It is clear that our organization must continue to deal with this question.

7. nor для перевода конструкции «не… и»

Администрация США не откликнулась и на предложение о моратории на любые ядерные взрывы. – Nor did the US Administration respond/react to the proposal for a moratorium on all nuclear explosions.

Или (как компенсация пропущенного «и»):

The US Administration did not respond/has not responded moreover/in addition to the proposal…

Нельзя не остановиться и на той негативной роли, которую военно-морской флот играет во внешней политике определенных государств. – Nor can we fail to dwell on/ignore the negative role played by naval forces in the foreign policies of some states.

Или (как компенсация пропущенного «и»):

We cannot fail to dwell as well/in addition/moreover on the negative role…

8. использование «и», чтобы отделить подлежащее от сказуемого и таким образом ослабить силу глагола

Изумляла и удивительная выносливость Льва Николаевича. – Lev Nikolaevich had extraordinary stamina.

9. отсутствие «и» в русском перечислении требует and между последней парой однородных членов при переводе.

Все устали, обозлились. – Everyone was tired and cross/angry.
Он орал, кричал. – He was screaming and shouting. Сушеная вишня была мягкая, сочная, сладкая, душистая. – The dried cherries were soft, juicy, sweet and fragrant.
Тж. часто в формальных заявлениях:

Мы считаем, что осуществление мер доверия применительно к этому региону имело бы большое политическое значение, содействовало бы предотвращению конфликтных ситуаций, укреплению безопасности морских коммуникаций в этом районе. –
We believe that the implementation of confidence-building measures concerning this region would be of great political significance, promote the prevention of conflict situations, and strengthen the security of naval communications in the region. Такому урегулированию помогла бы глубокая перестройка международных экономических отношений, прекращение гонки вооружений. – Such a settlement would be advanced/promoted/assisted by an intensive/in-depth/fundamental (not deep!) restructuring of international economic relations and by the cessation/halting of the arms race. ***
Если переводчик вовремя не осознал, что серия закончилась, можно вставить and other things, and other items, and other goals, et cetera.

Русско-английский словарь переводчика-синхрониста > и

77 αὐτός

αὐτός, ή, ὁ (Hom.+; W-S. §22; B-D-F index) reflexive pron. ‘self’

① intensive marker, setting an item off fr. everything else through emphasis and contrast, self, used in all pers., genders, and numbers.

ⓐ used w. a subject (noun or pron.)

α. specif. named (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 6; Plut., Caes. 710 [7, 9] αὐ. Κικέρων; 2 Macc 11:12) αὐ. Δαυίδ David himself Mk 12:36f; Lk 20:42; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς Lk 24:15; J 2:24; 4:44; αὐ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς short ending of Mk.

β. or otherw. exactly designated αὐ. ὁ θεός (Jos., Bell. 7, 346) Rv 21:3; αὐ. τ. ἐπουράνια Hb 9:23 (cp. 4 Macc 17:17; Sir 46:3b; GrBar); αὐ. ἐγώ I myself Ro 15:14 (cp. 3 Macc 3:13; POxy 294, 13f [22 A.D.]); αὐ. ἐγὼ Παῦλος 2 Cor 10:1; αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς J 3:28 (cp. 4 Macc 6:19; En 103:7); αὐτοὶ οὗτοι (Thu. 6, 33, 6) Ac 24:15; ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς among yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓑ to emphasize a subject already known: of Jesus Mt 8:24; Mk 8:29; Lk 5:16f; 9:51; 10:38; 24:36 (cp. the Pythagorean αὐτὸς ἔφα Schwyzer II 211). Of God Hb 13:5 (cp. Wsd 6:7; 7:17; Sir 15:12; 1 Macc 3:22 and oft. LXX).

ⓒ differentiating fr. other subjects or pointing out a contrast w. them αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 2:25; J 2:12; 4:53; 18:1; Lk 24:15; 1 Cor 3:15. αὐ. οὐκ εἰσήλθατε καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε you yourselves did not come in etc. Lk 11:52; cp. vs. 46.—J 7:9; 9:21; Mt 23:4; Lk 6:11; Ac 18:15; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Cor 2:15. αὐτὸς ἐγώ I alone 2 Cor 12:13. Ro 7:25 s. e below.—εἰ μὴ αὐ. except himself Rv 19:12. αὐ. ὄγδοός ἐστιν he is the eighth 17:11; s. also 2a. In anticipation of an incorrect inference Ἰησοῦς αὐ. οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν Jesus did not personally baptize J 4:2 opp. ‘his disciples.’ Of bodily presence, αὐ. παραγενοῦ come in person (as opp. to letter-writing) AcPlCor 1:7; with component of surprise that the subject specified is actually present in person (Philo, De Jos. 238: Jos. to his brothers αὐ. εἰμι ἐγώ) Lk 24:36, 39.

ⓓ of one whose action is independent or significant without ref. to someth. else (Hyperid. 1, 19, 11; 3, 2) without help J 2:25; 4:42; 6:6; Ac 20:34; αὐ. ᾠκοδόμησεν he built at his own expense Lk 7:5; αὐ. ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς the Father personally loves you J 16:27 (i.e. they require no intermediary).

ⓔ of one viewed as a solitary figure ‘(be) by oneself, alone’ w. μόνος (cp. μόνος 1aβ) Mk 6:47; J 6:15. W. κατʼ ἰδιαν Mk 6:31.—thrown on one’s own resources αὐ. ἐγὼ τῷ νοὶ̈ δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ thrown on my own resources I am enslaved in mind to God’s interests but in my flesh to the interests of sin Ro 7:25 (JWeiss, Beitr. zur Paulin. Rhetorik, in BWeiss Festschr., 1897, 233f; JKürzinger, BZ 7, ’63, 270–74).

ⓕ with climactic force in connection with one or more lexical units καὶ αὐτός even (Sir prol. line 24 καὶ αὐ. ὁ νόμος even the law; 4 Macc 17:1; GrBar 4:13; 9:4 al.) καὶ αὐ. ἡ κτίσις even the created world Ro 8:21. καὶ αὐ. Σάρρα even Sara Hb 11:11 (on the rdg. here s. Windisch ad loc. and B-D-F §194, 1; Rob. 686; Mlt-Turner 220; cp. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10, 3 καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον=and even Philip; but the text of the Hb passage is prob. corrupt; s. καταβολή). οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐ. διδάσκει; does not even nature teach? 1 Cor 11:14.—Without ascensive particle, Ro 9:3 Paul expresses extraordinary devotion to his people (imagine!) I myself.

ⓖ w. attention directed to a certain pers. or thing to the exclusion of other lexical units, so that αὐ. can almost take on demonstrative sense (s. 2a, also Aeschyl., 7 against Thebes 528; Hes., Works 350): αὐ. τὰ ἔργα the very deeds J 5:36; αὐ. ὁ Ἰωάννης (POxy 745, 3 [I A.D.] αὐ. τὸν Ἀντᾶν) this very (or same) John Mt 3:4 (s. Mlt. 91); αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδίαδος Mk 6:22 v.l. (s. 2bα for the rdg. αὐτοῦ W-H., N. and s. on this RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 25f); ἐν αὐ. τ. καιρῷ (cp. Tob 3:17 BA; 2:9; SIG 1173, 1 αὐταῖς τ. ἡμέραις) just at that time Lk 13:1.—23:12; 24:13.—2:38; 10:21; 12:12.—10:7. αὐτὸ τοῦτο just this, the very same thing (Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 22, 3; PRyl 77, 39; POxy 1119, 11; cp. Phoenix Coloph. 6, 8 Coll. Alex. p. 235) 2 Cor 7:11; Gal 2:10; Phil 1:6; εἰς αὐ. τοῦτο Ro 9:17; 13:6; 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. The phrases τοῦτο αὐ. 2 Cor 2:3 and αὐ. τοῦτο 2 Pt 1:5 are adverbial accusatives for this very reason (Pla., Prot. 310e [pl.]; X., An. 1, 9, 21; PGrenf I, 1, 14).

② a ref. to a definite person or thing, he, him, she, her, it, they, them

ⓐ αὐτός refers w. more or less emphasis, esp. in the nom., to a subject, oft. resuming one already mentioned: αὐ. παρακληθήσονται they (not others) shall be comforted Mt 5:4; cp. vs. 5ff. οὐκ αὐ. βλασφημοῦσιν; Js 2:7. αὐ. σώσει Mt 1:21 (cp. Ps 129:8). αὐ. ἀποδώσει 6:4 v.l.—Mk 1:8; 14:15 al. Freq. the emphasis is scarcely felt: Mt 14:2; Lk 4:15; 22:23; J 6:24; Ac 22:19 (cp. Gen 12:12; Tob 6:11 BA; Sir 49:7; Vett. Val. 113, 16.—JWackernagel, Syntax II² 1928, 86).—Perh. the development of αὐ. in the direction of οὗτος (which it practically replaces in Mod. Gk.) is beginning to have some influence in the NT (Pla., Phdr. 229e αὐτά=this; X., An. 4, 7, 7 αὐτό; Dio Chrys. 3, 37; 15 [32], 10 αὐτοί; Aelian, NA 6, 10; Mél. de la fac. orient … Beyrouth 1, 1906, 149 no. 18 εἰς αὐτὸ ἐγεννήθης=for this [purpose] you were born; Schmid IV 69; 616 αὐτός = οὗτος; Synes., Ep. 3, 159a; 4, 165a; Agathias [VI A.D.], Hist. 1, 3 p. 144, 17 D.) καὶ αὐ. ἦν Σαμαρίτης Lk 17:16 (cp. 3:23; 19:2 and 1g above; on 5:1 s. Mussies 169). Yet here αὐ. could mean alone (examples of this from Hom. on in many writers in WSchulze, Quaestiones epicae 1892, p. 250, 3) he alone was a Samaritan; but Luke’s thematic interest in unexpected candidates for the Kingdom (cp. 5:30–32; 15:2; 19:2 [καὶ αὐτός]; 23:43) militates against the view.

ⓑ The oblique cases of αὐ. very oft. (in a fashion customary since Hom.) take the place of the 3rd pers. personal pron.; in partic. the gen. case replaces the missing possessive pron.

α. w. ref. to a preceding noun διαφέρετε αὐτῶν Mt 6:26; καταβάντος αὐτοῦ 8:1; ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτά 11:25.—26:43f; Mk 1:10; 4:33ff; 12:19; Lk 1:22; 4:41. The gen. is sometimes put first for no special reason (Esth 1:1e) αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα J 2:23, cp. 3:19, 21, 33; 4:47; 12:40. αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν 1 Cor 8:12. Sim. Lk 1:36 αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ w. her who was called barren. Forms of αὐ. are sometimes used without qualifiers in a series, referring to difft. pers.: φέρουσιν αὐτῷ (Jesus) τυφλόν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν (Jesus) ἵνα αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ τυφλοῦ) ἅψηται Mk 8:22. On problems related to the rdg. τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρωδιάδος εἰσελθούσης when his (Herod’s) daughter Herodias came in (?) Mk 6:22, s. Borger in 1g, and entry Ἡρῳδίας.

β. w. ref. to a noun to be supplied fr. the context, and without suggestion of contrast or disparagement: ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν (i.e. τ. Γαλιλαίων) Mt 4:23. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 11:1. ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the inhabitants) Ac 8:5. παρακαλέσας αὐτούς 20:2. ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 2 Cor 2:13. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Eph 5:12. ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς Ac 12:21. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν 1 Pt 3:14 (cp. 13 and s. Is 8:12). Mt 12:9 (cp. vs. 2); Lk 2:22; 18:15; 19:9; 23:51; J 8:44; 20:15; Ac 4:5; Ro 2:26; Hb 8:9.

γ. freq. used w. a verb, even though a noun in the case belonging to the verb has already preceded it (cp. Dio Chrys. 6, 23; 78 [29], 20; Epict. 3, 1, 22; POxy 299 [I A.D.] Λάμπωνι ἔδωκα αὐτῷ δραχμὰς η´; FKälker, Quaest. de Eloc. Polyb. 1880, 274) τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς Mt 4:16.—5:40; 9:28; 26:71; J 15:2; 18:11; Js 4:17; Rv 2:7, 17; 6:4 al.

δ. used pleonastically after a relative, as somet. in older Gk., e.g. Soph., X., Hyperid. (B-D-F §297; Rob. 683), freq. in the LXX fr. Gen 1:11 (οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ; GrBar 2:11 ὸ̔ν οὐδεὶς δύναται πειρᾶσαι αὐτόν al.) on (Helbing, Grammatik p. iv; Thackeray 46), and quotable elsewh. in the Koine (Callim., Epigr. 43 [42], 3 ὧν … αὐτῶν; Peripl. Eryth. c. 35; POxy 117, 15f ἐξ ὧν δώσεις τοῖς παιδίοις σου ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν): οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25. πᾶν ὸ̔ δέδωκεν … ἀναστήσω αὐτό J 6:39; Ac 15:17. ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν Rv 3:8. οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 7:2, cp. 13:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9.—Cp. in ref. to an anticipatory noun τὰ Ἐλισαίου ὀστᾶ … νεκροῦ βληθέντος … ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast on the bones of Elisha AcPlCor 2:32.

ε. continuing a relative clause (an older Gk. constr.; B-D-F §297; Rob. 724): ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν 1 Cor 8:6; οἷς τὸ κρίμα … καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν (for καὶ ὧν ἡ ἀπώλεια) 2 Pt 2:3.

ζ. w. a change of pers. Lk 1:45; Rv 18:24.

η. w. a change of number and gender ἔθνη … αὐτούς Mt 28:19. τοῦ παιδίου … αὐτῇ Mk 5:41. φῶς … αὐτόν J 1:10. λαόν … αὐτῶν Mt 1:21.—14:14; Mk 6:45f; 2 Cor 5:19.

③ pert. to someth. that is identical with, or closely related to, someth., w. art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό the same (Hom. et al.; Ps 101:28, s. Mussies 171).

ⓐ w. a noun τὸν αὐ. λόγον Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39; τὸ αὐ. φύραμα Ro 9:21; cp. Lk 23:40; 1 Cor 1:10; 10:3f; 12:4ff; 15:39; Phil 1:30.

ⓑ without a noun τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. ποιεῖν (Jos., Ant. 5, 129; 9, 271) Mt 5:46; Lk 6:33; Eph 6:9. τὰ αὐτὰ πράσσειν Ro 2:1. τὸ αὐ. λέγειν agree (not only in words; s. on λέγω 1aα) 1 Cor 1:10. ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ αὐτά Ac 15:27. τὸ αὐ. as adv. in the same way (X., Mem. 3, 8, 5) Mt 27:44; 18:9 D.—ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (Hesychius: ὁμοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν αὐ. τόπον; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]; BGU 762, 9 [II A.D.] ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. καμήλων ε´ of the five camels taken together; PTebt 14, 20; 319, 9 al.; 2 Km 2:13; Ps 2:2 al.; 3 Macc 3:1; Sus 14 Theod.) of place at the same place, together (En 100:2; Jos., Bell. 2, 346; s. συνέρχομαι 1a) Mt 22:34; 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; B 4:10; IEph 5:3; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (TestNapht 6:6) Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1. προστιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. add to the total Ac 2:47 (see M-M.). κατὰ τὸ αυ. of pers. being together as a body in each other’s company, together (PEleph 1, 5 εἶναι δὲ ἡμᾶς κατὰ ταὐτό) and also with ref. to simultaneous presence at the same time (Aelian, VH 14, 8 δύο εἰκόνας εἰργάσατο Πολύκλειτος κατὰ τ. αὐ.; 3 Km 3:18) Ac 14:1; the mng. in the same way may also apply (ENestle, Acts 14:1: ET 24, 1913, 187f) as in Hs 8, 7, 1 (cod. A; s. καθά; but s. Bonner 105, n. 17, who restores κατʼ αὐ[τοὺς αἱ ῥάβ]δοι; so also Joly).—In combinations ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐ. (also Pla., Leg. 721c; Aristot., Metaph. 1039a, 28; other exx. in GKypke, Observ. II 1755, 220; Diod S 3, 63, 2 εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτός) one and the same thing 1 Cor 11:5; cp. 12:11 (Diod S 22, 6, 3 μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπόκρισιν; Epict. 1, 19, 15 μία καὶ ἡ αὐ. ἀρχή). W. gen. foll. τὰ αὐ. τῶν παθημάτων the same sufferings as 1 Pt 5:9. Without comparison: ὁ αὐ. (Thu. 2, 61, 2; Plut., Caesar 729 [45, 7], Brutus 989 [13, 1]) εἶ thou art the same Hb 1:12 (Ps 101:28); cp. 13:8. On the variation betw. αὐτοῦ and αὑτοῦ, αὐτῶν and αὑτῶν in the mss., s. ἑαυτοῦ, beg.—WMichaelis, D. unbetonte καὶ αὐτός bei Lukas: StTh 4, ’51, 86–93; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 96–100; MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 93–100 (Qumran).—Mussies 168–73. DELG. M-M. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αὐτός

78 πρῶτος

πρῶτος, η, ον (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).

① pert. to being first in a sequence, inclusive of time, set (number), or space, first of several, but also when only two persons or things are involved (=πρότερος; exx. in Hdb. on J 1:15; Rdm.² 71f; Thackeray 183; s. also Mlt. 79; 245; B-D-F §62; Rob. 516; 662; and s. Mt 21:31 v.l.).

ⓐ of time first, earliest, earlier

α. as adj. ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν Phil 1:5; cp. Ac 20:18 (on the absence of the art. [also Phil 1:5 v.l.] s. B-D-F §256; Rob. 793). ἡ πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16 (MMeinertz, Worauf bezieht sich die πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16?: Biblica 4, 1923, 390–94). ἡ πρ. διαθήκη Hb 9:15. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ πρώτη 20:5f. ἡ πρώτη ὅρασις Hv 3, 10, 3; 3, 11, 2; 4. ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ πρ. 2 Cl 14:1.—Subst. τὰ πρ. … τὰ ἔσχατα (Job 8:7): γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων Mt 12:45; cp. Lk 11:26; 2 Pt 2:20; Hv 1, 4, 2. οἱ πρῶτοι (those who came earlier, as Artem. 2, 9 p. 93, 19 those who appeared earlier) Mt 20:10; cp. vs. 8. ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων 21:36. Cp. 27:64. πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν the first to rise from the dead Ac 26:23. ὁ πρῶτος the first one J 5:4; 1 Cor 14:30. On the self-designation of the Risen Lord ὁ πρ. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος Rv 1:17; 2:8; 22:13; s. ἔσχατος 2b (πρ. of God: Is 44:6; 48:12).—As a predicate adj., where an adv. can be used in English (ParJer 1:8 εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ πρῶτος ἀνοίξω τὰς πύλας; B-D-F §243; Rob. 657), as the first one = first ἦλθεν πρῶτος he was the first one to come = he came first J 20:4; cp. vs. 8. πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει Ro 10:19. Ἀβραὰμ πρῶτος περιτομὴν δούς Abraham was the first to practice circumcision B 9:7. οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ πρῶτοι κτισθέντες the angels who were created first Hv 3, 4, 1; Hs 5, 5, 3.—1 Ti 2:13; 1J 4:19; AcPlCor 2:9.—ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ in me as the first 1 Ti 1:16.—Used w. a gen. of comparison (Ocelus Luc. 3 ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον τοῦ παντός ἐστιν=prior to the All; Manetho 1, 329; Athen. 14, 28 p. 630c codd.) πρῶτός μου ἦν he was earlier than I = before me J 1:15, 30 (PGM 13, 543 σοῦ πρῶτός εἰμι.—Also Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I p. 348, 30 τὸ τῇ τάξει δεύτερον οὐδέποτε τῇ φύσει πρῶτον). So perh. also ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν 15:18 (s. β below) and πάντων πρώτη ἐκτίσθη Hv 2, 4, 1.—As a rule the later element is of the same general nature as the one that precedes it. But it can also be someth. quite different, even its exact opposite: τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12. τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες Rv 2:4.—Used elliptically ἡ πρώτη (i.e. ἡμέρα sim. Polyb. 5, 19, 1; 18, 27, 2 τῇ πρώτῃ) τῶν ἀζύμων Mt 26:17. πρώτῃ σαββάτου on the first day of the week Mk 16:9. In some of the passages mentioned above the idea of sequence could be predom.

β. the neuter πρῶτον as adv., of time first, in the first place, before, earlier, to begin with (Peripl. Eryth. 4; Chariton 8, 2, 4; ApcEsdr 3:11; Just., D. 2, 4) πρῶτον πάντων first of all Hv 5:5a. ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι let me first go and bury Mt 8:21. συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια gather the weeds first 13:30. Cp. 17:10, 11 v.l.; Mk 7:27; 9:11f; 13:10; Lk 9:59, 61; 12:1 ( first Jesus speaks to his disciples, and only then [vs. 15] to the people. If one prefers to take πρ. w. what follows, as is poss., it has mng. 2a); 14:28, 31; J 7:51; 18:13; Ac 26:20; Ro 15:24 al. in NT; B 15:7; Hv 3, 1, 8; 3, 6, 7; 3, 8, 11; 5:5b. τότε πρῶτον then for the first time Ac 11:26 D. πρῶτον … καὶ τότε first … and then (Sir 11:7; Jos., Ant. 13, 187) Mt 5:24; 7:5; 12:29; Mk 3:27; Lk 6:42; IEph 7:2. τότε is correlative w. πρῶτον without καί J 2:10 v.l. Likew. πρῶτον … εἶτα (εἶτεν) first … then (Just., D. 33, 2 al.; s. εἶτα 1) Mk 4:28; 1 Ti 3:10; B 6:17. πρῶτον … ἔπειτα (ἔπειτα 2) 1 Cor 15:46; 1 Th 4:16. πρῶτον … μετὰ ταῦτα Mk 16:9, s. vs. 12. πρῶτον … εἶτα … μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Cl 23:4; 2 Cl 11:3 (in both cases the same prophetic saying of unknown origin). πρῶτον … ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ Ac 7:12.—Pleonastically πρῶτον πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου Lk 11:38.—W. gen. (Chariton 5, 4, 9 cod. πρῶτον τ. λόγων=before it comes to words) ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν it hated me before ( it hated) you J 15:18 (but s. 1aα).—W. the art. τὸ πρῶτον (Hom. et al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 402; 14, 205) the first time J 10:40; 19:39; at first (Diod S 1, 85, 2; Jos., Ant. 2, 340) 12:16; 2 Cl 9:5. τὰ πρῶτα (Hom. et al.; Appian, Syr. 15 §64; Ps.-Phoc. 8) the first time, at first MPol 8:2.

ⓑ of number or sequence (the area within which this sense is valid cannot be marked off w. certainty from the area 1aα)

α. as adj. Mt 21:28; 22:25; Mk 12:20; Lk 14:18; 16:5; 19:16; 20:29; J 19:32; Ac 12:10; 13:33 v.l.; Rv 4:7; 8:7; 21:19; Hs 9, 1, 5. τὸ πρῶτον … τὸ δεύτερον (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 28, 9 Br.) Hb 10:9. On πρώτης τῆς μερίδος Μακεδονίας πόλις Ac 16:12 s. μερίς 1 and RAscough, NTS 44, ’98, 93–103.—Since πρῶτος can stand for πρότερος (s. 1 at beg.; also Mlt-Turner 32), it by no means follows from τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον Ac 1:1 that the writer of Luke and of Ac must have planned to write a third book (Zahn, NKZ 28, 1917, 373ff, Comm. 1919, 16ff holds that he planned to write a third volume; against this view s. EGoodspeed, Introd. to the NT ’37, 189; Haenchen, et al.—Athenaeus 15, 701c mentions the first of Clearchus’ two books on proverbs with the words ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν, but 10, 457c with ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν. Diod S 1, 42, 1 the first half of a two-part work is called ἡ πρώτη βίβλος and 3, 1, 1 mentions a division into πρώτη and δευτέρα βίβ. In 13, 103, 3 the designation for the first of two works varies between ἡ πρώτη σύνταξις and ἡ προτέρα ς. See Haenchen on Ac 1:1).—πρῶτος is also used without any thought that the series must continue: τὸν πρῶτον ἰχθύν the very first fish Mt 17:27. αὕτη ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο Lk 2:2, likewise, does not look forward in the direction of additional censuses, but back to a time when there were none at all (Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 227 D. παράκλησις αὕτη [=challenge to a sea-fight] πρώτη ἐγένετο; for interpolation theory s. JWinandy, RB 104, ’97, 372–77; cp. BPearson, CBQ, ’99, 262--82).—τὰ τείχη τὰ πρῶτα Hs 8, 6, 6 does not contrast the ‘first walls’ w. other walls; rather it distinguishes the only walls in the picture (Hs 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3) as one edifice, from the tower as the other edifice.

β. adv., the neuter πρῶτον of sequence in enumerations (not always clearly distinguished fr. sense 1aβ) first πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον … 1 Cor 12:28 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 20 II, 10ff [II A.D.] τὸ πρ. … τὸ δεύτερον … τὸ τρίτον. Without the art. 480, 12ff [II A.D.]; Diod S 36, 7, 3; Tat. 40, 1). See Hb 7:2; Js 3:17.—Not infrequently Paul begins w. πρῶτον μέν without continuing the series, at least in form (B-D-F §447, 4; Rob. 1152. For πρ. without continuation s. Plat., Ep. 7, 337b, Plut., Mor. 87b; Jos., Ant. 1, 182; Ath. 27, 1 πρῶτα μέν) Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. S. also 2 Cl 3:1.

ⓒ of space outer, anterior σκηνὴ ἡ πρώτη the outer tent, i.e. the holy place Hb 9:2; cp. vss. 6, 8.

② pert. to prominence, first, foremost, most important, most prominent

ⓐ adj.

α. of things (Ocellus [II B.C.] 56 Harder [1926] πρώτη κ. μεγίστη φυλακή; Ael. Aristid. 23, 43 K.=42 p. 783 D.: πόλεις; Ezk 27:22; PsSol 17:43; χρυσίον τὸ πρῶτον τίμιον; JosAs 15:10) ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή Mt 22:38; cp. Mk 12:29. ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων vs. 28 (OLehmann, TU 73, ’59, 557–61 [rabb.]; CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, cites JosAs 15:10; 18:5). Without superl. force ἐντολὴ πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ a commandment of great importance, with a promise attached Eph 6:2 (the usual transl. ‘first commandment w. a promise’ [NRSV, REB et al.] loses sight of the fact that Ex 20:4–6=Dt 5:8–10 has an implied promise of the same kind as the one in Ex 20:12=Dt 5:16. πρ. here is best taken in the same sense as in Mk 12:29 above). στολὴν τὴν πρώτην the special robe Lk 15:22 (JosAs 15:10).—ἐν πρώτοις among the first = most important things, i.e. as of first importance 1 Cor 15:3 (Pla., Pol. 522c ὸ̔ καὶ παντὶ ἐν πρώτοις ἀνάγκη μανθάνειν; Epict., Ench. 20; Mitt-Wilck I/2, 14 II, 9 ἐν πρώτοις ἐρωτῶ σε; Josh 9:2d).

β. of persons (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 35 πρ. καὶ μέγιστος θεός; TestAbr B 4 p. 108, 18 [Stone p. 64]; ApcSed 5:2; Jos., Ant. 15, 398; Just., A I, 60, 5 al. τὸν πρῶτον θεόν) ὸ̔ς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος whoever wishes to be the first among you Mt 20:27; Mk 10:44; cp. 9:35. πρῶτος Σίμων Mt 10:2 is not meant to indicate the position of Simon in the list, since no other numbers follow, but to single him out as the most prominent of the twelve. W. gen. ὧν (=τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) πρῶτός εἰμι 1 Ti 1:15. Pl. (οἱ) πρῶτοι in contrast to (οἱ) ἔσχατοι Mt 19:30; 20:16; Mk 9:35; 10:31; Lk 13:30; Ox 654, 25f (cp. GTh 4; sim. Sallust. 9 p. 16, 21f τοῖς ἐσχάτοις … τοῖς πρώτοις; s. ἔσχατος 2).—αἱ πρώται prominent women (in the phrase γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι) Ac 17:4 (s. New Docs 1, 72). οἱ πρῶτοι the most prominent men, the leading men w. gen. of place (Jos., Ant. 7, 230 τῆς χώρας) οἱ πρ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mk 6:21; cp. Ac 13:50 (in phrasing sim. to πολλὰς μὲν γυναῖκας εὐγενεῖς καὶ τῶν πρώτων ἀνδρῶν ἤισχυναν=‘they dishonored many well-born women as well as men of high station’ Theopomp.: 115 Fgm. 121 Jac. p. 563, 33f), or of a group (Strabo 13, 2, 3 οἱ πρ. τῶν φίλων; Jos., Ant. 20, 180) οἱ πρ. τοῦ λαοῦ (Jos., Ant. 11, 141) Lk 19:47; cp. Ac 25:2; 28:17. On ὁ πρῶτος τῆς νήσου vs. 7 (πρῶτος Μελιταίων IGR I, 512=IG XIV, 601; cp. CB I/2, 642 no. 535 ὁ πρῶτος ἐν τῇ πόλει; p. 660 no. 616; SEG XLI, 1345, 14f; cp. CIL X, 7495, 1; s. Hemer, Acts 153, n. 152; Warnecke, Romfahrt 119ff) s. Πόπλιος.

ⓑ adv. πρῶτον of degree in the first place, above all, especially (Jos., Ant. 10, 213) ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν Mt 6:33. Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι Ro 1:16; cp. 2:9f.—Ac 3:26; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3. Of the Macedonian Christians ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶτον τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν they gave themselves first of all to the Lord, and (then) to us 2 Cor 8:5. παρακαλῶ πρῶτον πάντων first of all I urge 1 Ti 2:1.—B. 939. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρῶτος

79 ἔτι

ἔτι adv. (Hom.+)

① pert. to continuance, yet, still (contrast ἤδη ‘already’–ἔτι ‘still’ Chariton 49).

ⓐ in positive statements, to denote that a given situation is continuing still, yet.

α. of the present Lk 14:32; Hb 11:4. ἔ. σαρκικοί ἐστε 1 Cor 3:3. ἔ. ἐστὲ ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 15:17. ἔ. ὑπὸ κίνδυνόν εἰμι ITr 13:3. εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον if I were still trying to please people Gal 1:10; 5:11a. καὶ τούτοις ἔτι κεῖται μετάνοια the possibility of repentance is also open to these Hs 6, 7, 2. ἔτι καὶ νῦν even now Dg 2:3 (Just., D. 7, 2; cp. A I, 26, 5 καὶ νῦν ἔτι; A II, 6, 6 καὶ ἔτι νῦν).

β. of the past, w. the impf. (Arrian, Anab. 6, 13, 2 ἔτι ἠπίστουν=they still disbelieved) ἔ. ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ ἦν he was still in the loins (i.e. not yet begotten) Hb 7:10; cp. J 11:30. Oft. w. the pres. ptc., which stands for the impf. (Diog. L. 9, 86 ἔτι ὁ ἥλιος ἀνίσχων) ἔ. αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος while he was still speaking (cp. Job 1:16, 17, 18; TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 14 [Stone p. 28]; Jos., Ant. 8, 282) Mt 12:46; 17:5; 26:47; Mk 5:35a; 14:43; Lk 8:49; Ac 10:44 al. εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν he said while he was still living Mt 27:63 (Jos., Ant. 4, 316; 8, 2 ζῶν ἔ.). ἔ. προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ while he was still approaching Lk 9:42. ἔ. αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος while he was still a long way off 15:20. σκοτίας ἔ. οὔσης while it was still dark J 20:1. ἔ. ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς when I was still with you 2 Th 2:5; cp. Lk 24:6, 41, 44; Ac 9:1; Ro 5:6, 8; Hb 9:8. ὄντος ἔτι ἐν σαρκί σου while you are still alive AcPlCor 1:6 (TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 3 [Stone p. 22] ἔτι ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σώματι ὤν; Just., D. 49, 7 ἔτι ὄντος τότε ἐν ἀνθρώποις Μωυσέως).

γ. of the future πλησθήσεται ἔ. ἐκ κοιλίας he will be filled while he is still in his mother’s womb Lk 1:15 (ἔ. ἐκ κοι. Is 48:8; cp. 43:13 and Anth. Pal. 9, 567, 1 ἔ. ἐκ βρέφεος; Ps.-Plut., Mor. 104d). καὶ ἔ. ῥύσεται and he will deliver us again 2 Cor 1:10 (PsSol 9:11 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἔτι al.).

ⓑ in neg. statements

α. οὐδὲ ἔ. νῦν not even yet 1 Cor 3:2 (s. νῦν 1aβג).

β. to denote that someth. is stopping, has stopped, or should stop no longer (PsSol 3:12 al.; TestSol D 4:9 τέθνηκεν καὶ οὐκ ἔτι ἴδῃς αὐτόν; ApcMos 13; Arrian, Anab. 5, 25, 3 and 6; 6, 29, 2a οὐ ἔτι=not any longer; Aesop, Fab. 243 H.=Ch. 200 p. 333, 52 μὴ ἔτι=no longer; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 72; Just., D. 5, 4 al.) οὐ δύνῃ ἔ. you can no longer Lk 16:2; cp. Mt 5:13; Lk 20:36; Rv 12:8 al.; οὐ μὴ ἔ. never again Hb 8:12; 10:17 (both Jer 38:34; En 5:8; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 21 [Stone p. 62]; GrBar 1:7); Rv 18:21, 22, 23. Sim. in rhetorical questions τί ἔ. σκύλλεις τ. διδάσκαλον; why should you bother the Teacher any further?= you should not bother him any further Mk 5:35b. Cp. what further need have we of witnesses? Mt 26:65; Mk 14:63; Lk 22:71.—Ro 6:2.

ⓒ of time not yet come ἔ. (χρόνον) μικρόν a little while longer J 7:33; 12:35; 13:33; 14:19; Hb 10:37 (TestJob 24:1) ἔ. τετράμηνός ἐστιν καί there are still four months before J 4:35 (PParis 18 ἔ. δύο ἡμέρας ἔχομεν καὶ φθάσομεν εἰς Πηλοῦσι).

② pert. to number

ⓐ what is left or remaining (TestAbr A 14 p. 93, 26 [Stone p. 34] τί ἔτι λείπεται;) ἔ. ἕνα εἶχεν υἱόν Mk 12:6. τί ἔ. ὑστερῶ; what do I still lack? Mt 19:20; cp. Lk 18:22; J 16:12; Rv 9:12.

ⓑ that which is added to what is already at hand (GrBar 16:3 ἔ. σὺν τούτοις; Just., D. 8, 1 ἔ. ἄλλα πολλά; Tat. 20, 1 κόσμος … ἡμᾶς ἔ. καθέλκει) in addition, more, also, other ἔ. ἕνα ἢ δύο one or two others Mt 18:16; ἔ. τοῦτο … δεῖ τελεσθῆναι Lk 22:37 v.l.; ἔ. προ[σθείς] while he added Ox 1081 (SJCh) 9, after Wessely. ἔ. δέ (X., Mem. 1, 2, 1; Diod S 1, 74, 1; 13, 81, 3; Strabo 10, 3, 7; Dio Chrys. 36 [53], 1; 2 Macc 6:4) Hb 11:36. ἔ. δὲ καί furthermore (X., An. 3, 2, 28 al.; UPZ 61, 10 [161 B.C.]; PMich 174, 7 [146 A.D.]; 2 Esdr 19:18; EpArist 151; Jos., Bell. 2, 546, Ant. 7, 70; Ar. 4:3 al.; Just., D. 34, 1; Tat. 29, 1 al.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 13, 1) Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9); 1 Cl 17:1, 3; Hs 5, 2, 5; B 4:6; AcPl Ox 6, 20 (= Aa I 242, 2) al. ἔ. τε καί (Jos., Ant. 14, 194) Lk 14:26; Ac 21:28. ἔ. ἄνω, ἔ. κάτω farther up, farther down Mt 20:28 D. ἔ. ἅπαξ once again (2 Macc 3:37; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 24 [Stone p. 20] al.; ApcSed 12:2) Hb 12:26f (Hg 2:6). W. a comp. ἔ. μᾶλλον (Hom. et al.; POxy 939, 3; Jos., Ant. 20, 89) Phil 1:9; περισσότερον ἔ. Hb 7:15. ἔ. καί ἔ. again and again B 21:4; Hs 2:6.

③ in logical inference, in interrog. sentences (Just., D. 7, 1, 151 τίνι οὖν … ἔ. τις χρήσαιτο διδασκάλῳ;) τίς ἔ. χρεία; what further need would there be? Hb 7:11. τί ἔ. μέμφεται; why, then, does (God) still find fault? Ro 9:19; cp. 3:7; Gal 5:11b.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔτι

80 compartir

v.

1 to share (out) (ganancias, gastos).

Ricardo comparte gustos con María Richard shares tastes with Mary.

2 to share.

compartir algo con alguien to share something with somebody

3 to share (ideas, pesimismo).

no comparto tu opinión I don't share your opinion

4 to share in, to partake of, to go shares in.

Ellos comparten su pena They share in their grief.

5 to split, to share, to divide up, to divide in equal parts.

Ella comparte su pastel She splits her cake.

6 to partake in.

Ella comparte la celebración She partakes in the celebration.

7 to enjoy in common, to share.

Ellos comparten su afición They enjoy their interest in common.

* * *

compartir

► verbo transitivo

1 (dividir) to divide (up), split, share (out)

2 (poseer en común) to share

■ compartimos la misma habitación we share the same room

■ no comparto su opinión I don't share his opinion

* * *

verb

to share

* * *

VT

1) [+ casa, cuarto, comida, ropa] to share

compartir algo con algn — to share sth with sb

comparto habitación con otro estudiante — I share a room with another student

2) [+ ganancias] to share (out), divide (up); [+ gastos] to share

compartimos las ganancias a medias — we shared (out) o divided (up) the profits between us

comparten los gastos del viaje — they are sharing the costs of the trip

3) [+ opinión] to share; [+ objetivos] to agree with; [+ sentimientos] to share

no comparto ese criterio — I do not share that view

* * *

verbo transitivo

a) <oficina/comida/ganancias> to share

comparten los gastos de teléfono entre todos — they split the phone bill between them

compartir algo con alguien — to share something with somebody

se comparte casa — room to let in shared house

b) <opinión/responsabilidad> to share

* * *

= have + Nombre + in common, share, share + Nombre + in common, hold in + common, tread + common ground, syndicate, partake (in/of).

Ex. This record is related to the previous article because it has four references in common with that article.

Ex. If responsibility is shared between more than three persons or corporate bodies (and no principal author is indicated), then entry is made under the title.

Ex. A class is a set of things which share some property, or characteristic, in common.

Ex. The study aims to identify low use current journals that are held in common.

Ex. Libraries and education tread a great deal of common ground, e.g., continuing education, staff qualities, library use education for students, and adult literacy.

Ex. If electronic journal vendors and publishers syndicated their content, users could choose to receive desktop notification for newly-published relevant articles by journal title or discipline.

Ex. The objective should be to create and entrepreneurial spirit in the midst of bureaucracy whereby all partake in the responsibilities and risks of the library's activities.

----

* compartir el conocimiento = knowledge sharing, pool + knowledge.

* compartir el viaje en coche = car-pool [carpool].

* compartir esfuerzos = share + efforts.

* compartir espacio = share + space.

* compartir experiencias = share + experience.

* compartir ideas = pool + ideas, share + ideas, share + thoughts, pool + ideas, bounce off + ideas.

* compartir ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.

* compartir la experiencia profesional = pool + expertise.

* compartir la opinión de que = share + the view that.

* compartir la responsabilidad = share + burden.

* compartir recursos = pool + resources.

* * *

verbo transitivo

a) <oficina/comida/ganancias> to share

comparten los gastos de teléfono entre todos — they split the phone bill between them

compartir algo con alguien — to share something with somebody

se comparte casa — room to let in shared house

b) <opinión/responsabilidad> to share

* * *

= have + Nombre + in common, share, share + Nombre + in common, hold in + common, tread + common ground, syndicate, partake (in/of).

Ex: This record is related to the previous article because it has four references in common with that article.

Ex: If responsibility is shared between more than three persons or corporate bodies (and no principal author is indicated), then entry is made under the title.

Ex: A class is a set of things which share some property, or characteristic, in common.

Ex: The study aims to identify low use current journals that are held in common.

Ex: Libraries and education tread a great deal of common ground, e.g., continuing education, staff qualities, library use education for students, and adult literacy.

Ex: If electronic journal vendors and publishers syndicated their content, users could choose to receive desktop notification for newly-published relevant articles by journal title or discipline.

Ex: The objective should be to create and entrepreneurial spirit in the midst of bureaucracy whereby all partake in the responsibilities and risks of the library's activities.

* compartir el conocimiento = knowledge sharing, pool + knowledge.

* compartir el viaje en coche = car-pool [carpool].

* compartir esfuerzos = share + efforts.

* compartir espacio = share + space.

* compartir experiencias = share + experience.

* compartir ideas = pool + ideas, share + ideas, share + thoughts, pool + ideas, bounce off + ideas.

* compartir ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.

* compartir la experiencia profesional = pool + expertise.

* compartir la opinión de que = share + the view that.

* compartir la responsabilidad = share + burden.

* compartir recursos = pool + resources.

* * *

compartir [I1 ]

vt

1 ‹oficina/comida› to share

compartimos las ganancias we share the profits

comparten los gastos de teléfono entre todos they split the phone bill between them

compartir algo CON algn to share sth WITH sb

comparto la habitación con mi hermana I share the room with my sister

compartí mi almuerzo con él I shared my lunch with him, I let him have some of my lunch

[ S ] se comparte casa room to let in shared house

2 ‹opinión/criterio/responsabilidad› to share

no comparto tu optimismo I don't share your optimism

* * *

compartir ( conjugate compartir) verbo transitivo
to share;
compartir algo con algn to share sth with sb
compartir verbo transitivo to share: ¿por qué no compartimos lo que queda de tarta?, why don't we share what's left of the pie?
' compartir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
participar
English:
job share
- share

* * *

compartir vt

1. [ganancias, gastos] to share (out);

lo compartieron entre los familiares they shared it (out) among their relations

2. [casa, vehículo] to share;

compartir algo con alguien to share sth with sb

3. [ideas, pesimismo] to share;

no comparto tu opinión I don't share your opinion

* * *

compartir

v/t share ( con with)

* * *

compartir vt

: to share

* * *

compartir vb to share

comparten piso they share a flat

comparto la habitación con mi hermana I share the bedroom with my sister

Spanish-English dictionary > compartir

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

Continuing education — (called further education in the United Kingdom and Ireland) is an all encompassing term within a broad spectrum of post secondary learning activities and programs. The term is used mainly in the United States and Canada. Recognized forms of post … Wikipedia

Continuing professional development — (CPD) or Continuing professional education (CPE) is the means by which people maintain their knowledge and skills related to their professional lives. Contents 1 CPD research 2 CPD for medical professionals 3 CPD for lawyers … Wikipedia

Continuing legal education — (CLE; also known as MCLE (mandatory or minimum continuing legal education)) is professional education of lawyers that takes place after their initial admission to the bar. In many states in the United States, CLE participation is required of… … Wikipedia

Continuing medical education — (CME) refers to a specific form of continuing education (CE) that helps those in the medical field maintain competence and learn about new and developing areas of their field. These activities may take place as live events, written publications,… … Wikipedia

Continuing Legal Education — (CLE) are requirements for attorneys in the United States to maintain their ability to practice law after initial admission to the bar. CLE is also known as MCLE (Mandatory Continuing Legal Education)CLE accreditation is given on a state by state … Wikipedia

Continuing Claims — refers to unemployed workers that qualify for benefits under unemployment insurance. In order to be included in continuing claims, the person must have been covered by unemployment insurance and be currently receiving benefits. Data on… … Investment dictionary

continuing objection — An objection to certain questions or testimony during a trial which has been overruled by the judge, but the attorney who made the objection announces that he or she is continuing the objection to all other questions on the same topic or with the … Law dictionary

Continuing Mandamus — is a writ of Mandamus issued to a lower authority by the higher authority in general public interest asking the officer or the authority to perform its task expeditiously for an unstipulated period of time for preventing miscarriage of justice.… … Wikipedia

continuing trespass — see trespass Merriam Webster’s Dictionary of Law. Merriam Webster. 1996. continuing trespass … Law dictionary

continuing security — ➔ security * * * continuing security UK US noun [C] (plural continuing securities) ► BANKING, FINANCE something that a bank or other lender can keep if a person who is borrowing money does not pay the money back: »a continuing security agreement … Financial and business terms

Not Fade Away (song) — Not Fade Away B side to Oh, Boy! by The Crickets from the album The Chirping Crickets Released October 27, 1957 (1957 10 27) Recorded May 27, 1957 in Clovis, New Mexico … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

not+continuing

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

not+continuing

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: